Form 485BPOS SEASONS SERIES TRUST
INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT FILE NO. 811-07725
Washington, D.C. 20549
| REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 |
☒ |
| Pre-Effective Amendment No. |
☐ |
| Post-Effective Amendment No. 63 |
☒ |
| and/or |
|
| REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940 |
☒ |
| Amendment No. 65 |
☒ |
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)
Suite 1150, Houston, Texas 77007
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, including area code)
SunAmerica Asset Management, LLC
One World Trade Center, Suite J, 49th Floor
New York, NY 10007
(Name and Address for Agent for Service)
Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP
787 Seventh Avenue
New York, New York 10019-6099
| It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box): | |
| ☐ |
Immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485 |
| ☒ |
on April 30, 2026, pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485 |
| ☐ |
60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) |
| ☐ |
on (date), pursuant to paragraph (a)(1) |
| ☐ |
75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) |
| ☐ |
on (date), pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485 |
| If appropriate, check the following box: | |
| ☐ |
This post-effective amendment designates a new effective date for a previously filed post-effective amendment. |
| 1 | ||||
| 1 | ||||
| 1 | ||||
| 1 | ||||
| 2 | ||||
| 3 | ||||
| 4 | ||||
| 4 | ||||
| 4 | ||||
| 5 | ||||
| 6 | ||||
| 8 | ||||
| 8 | ||||
| 21 | ||||
| 23 | ||||
| 23 | ||||
| Information about the Subadvisers |
23 | |||
| 25 | ||||
| 25 | ||||
| 26 | ||||
| 26 | ||||
| 26 | ||||
| 27 | ||||
| 28 | ||||
| 28 | ||||
| 28 | ||||
| 29 | ||||
| 30 |
| Class 1 | Class 2 | Class 3 | ||||||||||
| Management Fees |
% | % | % | |||||||||
| Service (12b‑1) Fees |
% | % | ||||||||||
| Other Expenses |
% | % | % | |||||||||
| Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses |
% | % | % | |||||||||
| Fee Waivers and/or Expense Reimbursements1 |
% | % | % | |||||||||
| Total Annual Portfolio Operating Expenses After Fee Waivers and/or Expense Reimbursements1 |
% | % | % | |||||||||
| 1 | Pursuant to a Master Advisory Fee Waiver Agreement, SunAmerica Asset Management, LLC (“SunAmerica”), the Portfolio’s investment adviser, is contractually obligated to waive a portion of its advisory fee on an annual basis with respect to the Portfolio so that the advisory fee rate payable by the Portfolio to SunAmerica is equal to 0.78% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets on the first $250 million, 0.73% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets on the next $250 million, and 0.68% of the Portfolio’s average daily net assets over $500 million. The Master Advisory Fee Waiver Agreement may be modified or discontinued prior to |
| 1 Year | 3 Years | 5 Years | 10 Years | |||||||||||||
| Class 1 |
$ | $ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||
| Class 2 |
||||||||||||||||
| Class 3 |
||||||||||||||||
| |
% | |||||
| |
- |
% | ||||
| |
% |
| 1 Year | 5 Years | 10 Years | ||||||||||
| Class 1 Shares |
% | % | % | |||||||||
| Class 2 Shares |
% | % | % | |||||||||
| Class 3 Shares |
% | % | % | |||||||||
| S&P 500® Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes) |
% | % | % | |||||||||
| S&P 500® Value Index (reflects no deduction for fees, expenses or taxes) |
% | % | % | |||||||||
| Name and Title | Portfolio Manager of the Portfolio Since |
|||
| BlackRock |
||||
| Jennifer Hsui, CFA Managing Director |
2025 | |||
| Peter Sietsema, CFA Director |
2025 | |||
| Matt Waldron, CFA Managing Director |
2025 | |||
| Steven White Director |
2025 | |||
| Federated |
||||
| Daniel J. Mahr, CFA |
2026 | |||
| Damien Zhang, CFA |
2026 | |||
| Fredrick L. Konopka, CFA |
2026 | |||
| John Paul Lewicke |
2026 | |||
| Wellington Management |
||||
| Adam H. Illfelder, CFA Senior Managing Director and Equity Portfolio Manager |
2019 | |||
| • | Counterparty Risk |
| • | Cybersecurity and Artificial Intelligence Risk |
| • | Depositary Receipts Risk |
| • | ETF Risk |
| • | Fixed-Income Securities Risk – Bonds Risk |
| • | Fixed-Income Securities Risk – Credit Risk |
| • | Fixed-Income Securities Risk – Interest Rate Risk |
| • | Fixed-Income Securities Risk – Junk Bonds Risk |
| • | Foreign Investment Risk – Emerging Markets Risk |
| • | Foreign Investment Risk – Foreign Currency Risk |
| • | Illiquidity Risk |
| • | Investment Company Risk |
| • | Market Capitalization Risk – Small‑Cap Companies Risk |
| • | Money Market Securities Risk |
| • | Mortgage- and Asset-Backed Securities Risk |
| • | Operational Risk |
| • | Special Situations Risk |
| • | U.S. Government Obligations Risk |
| • | Credit Swaps involve the receipt of floating or fixed rate payments in exchange for assuming potential credit losses of an underlying security. Credit swaps give one party to a transaction the right to dispose of or acquire an asset (or group of assets), or the right to receive or make a payment from the other party upon the occurrence of specified credit events. |
| • | Currency Swaps involve the exchange of the parties’ respective rights to make or receive payments in specified currencies. |
| • | Equity Swaps allow the parties to a swap agreement to exchange the dividend income or other components of return on an equity investment (for example, a group of equity securities or an index) for a component of return on another non‑equity or equity investment. |
| • | Interest Rate or Inflation Swaps are contracts between two counterparties who agree to swap cash flows based on the inflation rate against fixed cash flows. |
| • | Mortgage Swaps are similar to interest-rate swaps in that they represent commitments to pay and receive interest. The notional principal amount, upon which the value of the interest payments is based, is tied to a reference pool or pools of mortgages. |
| • | Total Return Swaps (sometimes referred to as contracts for difference) are contracts that obligate a party to pay or receive interest in exchange for the payment by the other party of the total return generated by a security, a basket of securities, an index or an index component. |
| • | Common stock – Each share of common stock represents a part of the ownership of the company. The holder of common stock participates in the growth of the company through increasing stock price and receipt of dividends. If the company runs into difficulty, the stock price can decline and dividends may not be paid. |
| • | Preferred stock – Each share of preferred stock usually allows the holder to get a set dividend before the common stock shareholders receive any dividends on their shares. |
| • | Convertible preferred stock – A stock with a set dividend which the holder may exchange for a certain amount of common stock. |
| • | Agency Discount Notes are high credit quality, short term debt instruments issued by federal agencies and government sponsored enterprises. These securities are issued at a discount to their par value. |
| • | Asset-Backed Securities issued by trusts and special purpose corporations are backed by a pool of assets, such as credit card or automobile loan receivables representing the obligations of a number of different parties. |
| • | Corporate Debt Instruments (Bonds, Notes and Debentures) are securities representing a debt of a corporation. The issuer is obligated to repay a principal amount of indebtedness at a stated time in the future and in most cases to make periodic payments of interest at a stated rate. |
| • | Municipal Securities are debt obligations issued by or on behalf of states, territories and possessions of the U.S. and District of Columbia and their political subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities. Municipal securities may be affected by uncertainties regarding their tax status, legislative changes or rights of municipal-securities holders. |
| • | Zero-Coupon Bonds, Deferred Interest Bonds and PIK Bonds. Zero coupon and deferred interest bonds are debt obligations issued or purchased at a significant discount from face value. A step-coupon bond is one in which a change in interest rate is fixed contractually in advance. PIK bonds are debt obligations that provide that the issuer thereof may, at its option, pay interest on such bonds in cash or in the form of additional debt obligations. |
| • | Preferred Stocks receive dividends at a specified rate and have preference over common stock in the payment of dividends and the liquidation of assets. |
| • | Mid‑Cap Companies will include companies whose market capitalizations range from the market capitalization of the smallest company included in the Russell Midcap® Value Index to the market capitalization of the largest company in the Russell Midcap® Value Index during the most recent 12‑month period. As of February 28, 2026, the market capitalization range of the companies in the Russell Midcap® Value Index was $1.1 billion to $128.8 billion. |
| • | Small‑Cap Companies will include companies whose market capitalizations are equal to or less than the market capitalization of the largest company in the Russell 2000® Index during the most recent 12‑month period. As of February 28, 2026, the market capitalization range of the companies in the Russell 2000® Index was $6.34 million to $39.2 billion. |
| • | during any period in which the NYSE is closed other than customary weekend and holiday closings or during any period in which trading on the NYSE is deemed to be restricted; |
| • | during any period in which an emergency exists, as a result of which (i) it is not reasonably practicable for the Portfolio to dispose of securities owned by it or (ii) it is not reasonably practicable for the Portfolio to fairly determine the value of its net assets; or |
| • | during such other periods as the SEC may by order permit to protect Portfolio shareholders. |
| Period ended |
Net Asset Value beginning of period |
Net investment income (loss)(1) |
Net realized & unrealized gain (loss) on investments |
Total from investment operations |
Net investment income |
Net realized gain on investments |
Total distributions |
Net Asset Value end of period |
Total Return(2) |
Net Assets end of period (000’s) |
Total expenses before waivers and/or reimburse- ments |
Total expenses after waivers and/or reimburse- ments |
Net investment income (loss) |
Portfolio turnover |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| SA Multi-Managed Large Cap Value Portfolio — Class 1 |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 03/31/21 |
11.80 | 0.28 | 5.56 | 5.84 | (0.26 | ) | (0.85 | ) | (1.11 | ) | 16.53 | 50.22 | 763,236 | 0.79 | 0.79 | 1.94 | 45 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 03/31/22 |
16.53 | 0.24 | 1.88 | 2.12 | (0.31 | ) | (0.99 | ) | (1.30 | ) | 17.35 | 13.16 | 739,720 | 0.78 | 0.78 | 1.36 | 40 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 03/31/23 |
17.35 | 0.25 | (0.71 | ) | (0.46 | ) | (0.32 | ) | (2.82 | ) | (3.14 | ) | 13.75 | (2.63 | ) | 526,295 | 0.80 | 0.80 | 1.60 | 39 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 03/31/24 |
13.75 | 0.21 | 2.08 | 2.29 | (0.32 | ) | (1.99 | ) | (2.31 | ) | 13.73 | 18.53 | 489,636 | 0.82 | 0.82 | 1.55 | 39 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 03/31/25 |
13.73 | 0.20 | 0.61 | 0.81 | (0.34 | ) | (2.03 | ) | (2.37 | ) | 12.17 | 5.28 | 273,355 | 0.85 | 0.85 | 1.48 | 41 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 09/30/25@ |
12.17 | 0.09 | 0.88 | 0.97 | — | — | — | 13.14 | 7.97 | 299,810 | 0.87 | (3) | 0.87 | (3) | 1.42 | (3) | 18 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| SA Multi-Managed Large Cap Value Portfolio — Class 2 |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 03/31/21 |
11.79 | 0.26 | 5.55 | 5.81 | (0.24 | ) | (0.85 | ) | (1.09 | ) | 16.51 | 49.95 | 24,509 | 0.94 | 0.94 | 1.79 | 45 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 03/31/22 |
16.51 | 0.21 | 1.89 | 2.10 | (0.29 | ) | (0.99 | ) | (1.28 | ) | 17.33 | 13.02 | 23,698 | 0.93 | 0.93 | 1.21 | 40 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 03/31/23 |
17.33 | 0.23 | (0.72 | ) | (0.49 | ) | (0.29 | ) | (2.82 | ) | (3.11 | ) | 13.73 | (2.81 | ) | 20,212 | 0.95 | 0.95 | 1.46 | 39 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 03/31/24 |
13.73 | 0.19 | 2.08 | 2.27 | (0.30 | ) | (1.99 | ) | (2.29 | ) | 13.71 | 18.35 | 20,951 | 0.97 | 0.97 | 1.40 | 39 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 03/31/25 |
13.71 | 0.18 | 0.61 | 0.79 | (0.32 | ) | (2.03 | ) | (2.35 | ) | 12.15 | 5.14 | 19,723 | 1.00 | 1.00 | 1.32 | 41 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 09/30/25@ |
12.15 | 0.08 | 0.88 | 0.96 | — | — | — | 13.11 | 7.90 | 18,530 | 1.02 | (3) | 1.02 | (3) | 1.26 | (3) | 18 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| SA Multi-Managed Large Cap Value Portfolio — Class 3 |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 03/31/21 |
11.79 | 0.24 | 5.55 | 5.79 | (0.22 | ) | (0.85 | ) | (1.07 | ) | 16.51 | 49.77 | 11,866 | 1.04 | 1.04 | 1.69 | 45 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 03/31/22 |
16.51 | 0.19 | 1.89 | 2.08 | (0.27 | ) | (0.99 | ) | (1.26 | ) | 17.33 | 12.90 | 11,283 | 1.03 | 1.03 | 1.11 | 40 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 03/31/23 |
17.33 | 0.21 | (0.71 | ) | (0.50 | ) | (0.27 | ) | (2.82 | ) | (3.09 | ) | 13.74 | (2.88 | ) | 9,196 | 1.05 | 1.05 | 1.36 | 39 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 03/31/24 |
13.74 | 0.18 | 2.08 | 2.26 | (0.28 | ) | (1.99 | ) | (2.27 | ) | 13.73 | 18.28 | 9,502 | 1.07 | 1.07 | 1.30 | 39 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 03/31/25 |
13.73 | 0.16 | 0.61 | 0.77 | (0.31 | ) | (2.03 | ) | (2.34 | ) | 12.16 | 4.94 | 8,920 | 1.10 | 1.10 | 1.22 | 41 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| 09/30/25@ |
12.16 | 0.07 | 0.89 | 0.96 | — | — | — | 13.12 | 7.89 | 8,607 | 1.12 | (3) | 1.12 | (3) | 1.16 | (3) | 18 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
| @ | Unaudited |
| (1) | Calculated based upon average shares outstanding. |
| (2) | Total return does not include the effect of fees and charges incurred at the separate account level. If such expenses had been included, total return would have been lower for each period presented. |
| (3) | Annualized |
| • | Annual/Semi-Annual Reports and Form N‑CSR contain financial statements, performance data and information on portfolio holdings. The annual report also contains a written analysis of market conditions and investment strategies that significantly affected the Portfolio’s performance for the most recently completed fiscal year. In Form N‑CSR, you will find the Portfolio’s annual and semi-annual financial statements. |
| • | Statement of Additional Information (SAI) contains additional information about the Portfolio’s policies, investment restrictions and business structure. This Prospectus incorporates the SAI by reference. |
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
SEASONS SERIES TRUST
April 30, 2026
Seasons Series Trust (the “Trust”), a Massachusetts business trust, is a registered open-end management investment company currently consisting of 14 portfolios. This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) relates to the following portfolio (the “Portfolio”):
SA Multi-Managed Large Cap Value Portfolio
This SAI is not a prospectus, but should be read in conjunction with the current Prospectus (Class 1, Class 2 and Class 3) of the Portfolio, dated April 30, 2026, as amended or supplemented from time to time. This SAI expands upon and supplements the information contained in the current Prospectus of the Portfolio. This SAI incorporates the Prospectus by reference. The Portfolio’s audited financial statements and unaudited financial statements are incorporated into this SAI by reference to its Annual Financial Statements and Other Information for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025 (the “Annual Report”) and its Semi-Annual Financial Statements and Other Information for the period ended September 30, 2025 (the “Semi-Annual Report”), respectively, each as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form N-CSR. You may request a copy of the Prospectus, Annual Report and/or Semi-Annual Report at no charge by calling (800) 445-7862 or writing the Trust at the address below.
P.O. BOX 15570
AMARILLO, TEXAS 79105-5570
(800) 445-7862
TABLE OF CONTENTS
| Page | ||||
| 1 | ||||
| 2 | ||||
| 2 | ||||
| 41 | ||||
| 43 | ||||
| 46 | ||||
| 52 | ||||
| 53 | ||||
| 54 | ||||
| 55 | ||||
| 58 | ||||
| 59 | ||||
| 59 | ||||
| 60 | ||||
| 64 | ||||
| 67 | ||||
| 67 | ||||
| 69 | ||||
| 72 | ||||
| 72 | ||||
| 74 | ||||
| 77 | ||||
| A-1 | ||||
| B-1 | ||||
i
THE TRUST
Seasons Series Trust (the “Trust”), organized as a Massachusetts business trust on October 10, 1995, is an open-end management investment company. A Massachusetts business trust is a voluntary association with transferable shares that is established under and governed by its declaration of trust. Shares of the Trust are issued and redeemed only in connection with investments in and payments under variable annuity contracts, and may be sold to fund variable life contracts (“Variable Contracts”) and to funds-of-funds.
The Trust currently consists of 14 separate series or portfolios, each of which represents a separate managed portfolio of securities with its own investment objective(s). This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) pertains to the portfolio listed on the cover page (the “Portfolio”). The Board of Trustees (the “Board,” and the members of which are referred to as “Trustees”) may establish additional portfolios or classes in the future as referenced in the Trust’s registration statement. All shares may be purchased or redeemed at net asset value per share (“NAV”) without any sales or redemption charge.
The Trust commenced operations on April 15, 1997. On October 3, 1998, the Board, including a majority of the Trustees who are not deemed to be “interested persons” of the Trust as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”) (the “Independent Trustees”), approved the creation of the SA Multi-Managed Large Cap Value Portfolio (formerly, Large Cap Value Portfolio). On June 13, 2017, the Board approved the change in the name of the Large Cap Value Portfolio to SA Multi Managed Large Cap Value Portfolio, which became effective on October 9, 2017.
On May 23, 2000, the Board approved the creation of Class B shares and the renaming of all issued and outstanding shares as Class A shares. On August 27, 2002, the Board approved the creation of Class 3 shares and the renaming of Class A and Class B shares to Class 1 and Class 2 shares, respectively. Class 1, Class 2 and Class 3 shares of each Portfolio are offered only in connection with certain Variable Contracts. Class 2 and Class 3 shares of the Portfolio are identical in all respects to Class 1 shares of the Portfolio, except that (i) each class may bear differing amounts of certain class-specific expenses; (ii) Class 2 and 3 shares are subject to service fees, while Class 1 shares are not; and (iii) Class 2 and Class 3 shares have voting rights on matters that pertain to the plan adopted pursuant to Rule 12b-1 promulgated under the 1940 Act with respect to Class 2 and Class 3 shares (the “Class 2 Plan” and the “Class 3 Plan,” respectively, and collectively, the “Plans”).
Shares of the Trust are held by separate accounts of American General Life Insurance Company, a Texas life insurer (“AGL”), The United States Life Insurance Company in the City of New York, a New York life insurer (“USL”), and The Variable Annuity Life Insurance Company, a Texas life insurer (“VALIC”) (the “Separate Accounts”). AGL, USL and VALIC (the “Life Companies”) are indirect, wholly-owned subsidiaries of Corebridge Financial, Inc. (“Corebridge”). The Life Companies may issue Variable Contracts that also will use the Trust as the underlying investment. The offering of Trust shares to variable annuity and variable life separate accounts is referred to as “mixed funding.” It may be disadvantageous for variable annuity separate accounts and variable life separate accounts to invest in the Trust simultaneously. Although neither the Life Companies nor the Trust currently foresee such disadvantages either to variable annuity or variable life contract owners, the Board of the Trust will monitor events in order to identify any material conflicts to determine what action, if any, should be taken in response thereto. Shares of the Trust may be offered to separate accounts of other life insurance companies that are affiliates of the Life Companies and to SA VCP Dynamic Allocation Portfolio (“SDAP”) and SA VCP Dynamic Strategy Portfolio (“SDSP”), separate portfolios of SunAmerica Series Trust (“SAST”), and to SA Allocation Aggressive Portfolio, SA Allocation Balanced Portfolio, SA Allocation Moderate Portfolio and SA Allocation Moderately Aggressive Portfolio (collectively, the “Seasons Managed Allocation Portfolios”).
SunAmerica Asset Management, LLC (“SunAmerica” or the “Adviser”), a Delaware limited liability company, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Venerable Holdings, Inc. (“Venerable”), serves as investment adviser for the Portfolio. As described in the Prospectus, SunAmerica may retain subadvisers (each, a “Subadviser” and together with SunAmerica, the “Managers”) to assist in the management of the Portfolio.
1
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES
The investment goal and principal investment strategies for the Portfolio, along with certain types of investments the Portfolio makes under normal market conditions and for efficient portfolio management, are described under “Portfolio Summary” and “Additional Information About the Portfolio’s Investment Strategies and Investment Risks” in the Prospectus.
Certain types of securities and financial instruments in which the Portfolio may invest and certain investment practices the Portfolio may employ, which are described in the Prospectus, are discussed more fully below in the “Supplemental Glossary” section. In addition, the “Supplemental Glossary” section supplements the details contained in the Prospectus and provides information concerning investments the Portfolio may make on a periodic or infrequent basis. These investments include those the Portfolio reserves the right to invest in. For a list of the permissible investments in which the Portfolio may invest, please see Appendix A of this SAI.
The Portfolio’s investment goal, principal investment strategies and principal investment techniques may be changed without shareholder approval. We will notify shareholders at least 60 days prior to any change to the Portfolio’s investment goal or 80% investment policy. Unless otherwise indicated, investment restrictions, including percentage limitations, are based on the net assets of the Portfolio and, except for the Portfolio’s borrowing policy and illiquid security policy, apply at the time of purchase. “Net assets” will take into account borrowing for investment purposes.
SUPPLEMENTAL GLOSSARY
ADRS, GDRS, and EDRS. Foreign securities include, among other things, American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) and other depositary receipts, including Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”), European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) and others (which, together with ADRs, GDRs and EDRs, are hereinafter collectively referred to as “Depositary Receipts”), to the extent that such Depositary Receipts become available. ADRs are securities, typically issued by a U.S. financial institution (a “depositary”), that evidence ownership interests in a security or a pool of securities issued by a foreign issuer (the “underlying issuer”) and are deposited with the depositary. ADRs include American Depositary Shares and New York Shares and may be “sponsored” or “unsponsored.” Sponsored ADRs are established jointly by a depositary and the underlying issuer, whereas unsponsored ADRs may be established by a depositary without participation by the underlying issuer. GDRs, EDRs and other types of Depositary Receipts are typically issued by foreign depositaries, although they may also be issued by U.S. depositaries, and evidence ownership interests in a security or pool of securities issued by either a foreign or a U.S. corporation. Holders of unsponsored Depositary Receipts generally bear all the costs associated with establishing an unsponsored Depositary Receipt. The depositary of unsponsored Depositary Receipts is under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications received from the underlying issuer or to pass through to the holders of the unsponsored Depositary Receipt voting rights with respect to the deposited securities or pool of securities. Depositary Receipts are not necessarily denominated in the same currency as the underlying securities to which they may be connected. Generally, Depositary Receipts in registered form are designed for use in the U.S. securities market and Depositary Receipts in bearer form are designed for use in securities markets outside the United States. The Portfolio may invest in sponsored and unsponsored Depositary Receipts. For purposes of the Portfolio’s investment policies, the Portfolio’s investments in Depositary Receipts will be deemed to be investments in the underlying securities.
Asset-Backed Securities. Asset-backed securities issued by trusts and special purpose corporations are backed by a pool of assets, such as credit card and automobile loan receivables, representing the obligations of a number of different parties. Asset-backed securities present certain risks. For instance, in the case of credit card receivables, these securities may not have the benefit of any security interest in the related collateral. Credit card receivables are generally unsecured and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which give such debtors the right to set off certain amounts owed on the credit cards, thereby reducing the balance due. Most issuers of automobile receivables permit the servicer to retain possession of the underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell these obligations to another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the related automobile receivables. In addition, because of the large number of vehicles involved in a typical issuance and technical requirements under state laws, the trustee for the holders of the automobile receivables may not have a proper security interest in all of the obligations backing such receivables.
2
Therefore, there is the possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not, in some cases, be available to support payments on these securities.
Asset-backed securities typically are created by an originator of loans or owner of accounts receivable that sells such underlying assets to a special purpose entity in a process called a securitization. The special purpose entity issues securities that are backed by the payments on the underlying assets, and have a minimum denomination and specific term. These securities, in turn, are either privately placed or publicly offered. One example of an asset-backed security is a structured investment vehicle (“SIV”). A SIV is an investment vehicle that buys high-rated, long-dated assets using funding from a combination of commercial paper, medium-term notes and capital notes.
Asset-backed securities are often backed by a pool of assets representing the obligations of a number of different parties. To lessen the effect of failures by obligors to make payments on underlying assets, the securities may contain elements of credit support that fall into two categories: (i) liquidity protection and (ii) protection against losses resulting from ultimate default by an obligor on the underlying assets. Liquidity protection refers to the provision of advances, generally by the entity administering the pool of assets, to ensure that the receipt of payments on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion. Protection against losses resulting from ultimate default ensures payment through insurance policies or letters of credit obtained by the issuer or sponsor from third parties. The Portfolio will not pay any additional or separate fees for credit support. The degree of credit support provided for each issue is generally based on historical information respecting the level of credit risk associated with the underlying assets. Delinquency or loss in excess of that anticipated or failure of the credit support could adversely affect the return on an investment in such a security.
Instruments backed by pools of receivables may be subject to unscheduled prepayments of principal prior to maturity. When the obligations are prepaid, the Portfolio must reinvest the prepaid amounts in securities the yields of which reflect interest rates prevailing at the time of purchase. Therefore, the Portfolio’s ability to maintain a portfolio that includes high-yielding asset-backed securities will be adversely affected to the extent that prepayments of principal must be reinvested in securities that have lower yields than the prepaid obligations. Moreover, prepayments of securities purchased at a premium could result in a realized loss.
Borrowing. The Portfolio is authorized to borrow money to the extent permitted by applicable law. The 1940 Act permits the Portfolio to borrow up to 331/3% of its total assets from banks for any purpose. In addition, the Portfolio may borrow up to an additional 5% of its total assets for temporary purposes. In seeking to enhance performance, the Portfolio may borrow for investment purposes and may pledge assets to secure such borrowings.
To the extent the Portfolio borrows for investment purposes, borrowing creates leverage which is a speculative characteristic. This practice may help increase the NAV of the assets allocated to the Portfolio in an amount greater than would otherwise be the case when the market values of the securities purchased through borrowing increase. In the event the return on an investment of borrowed monies does not fully recover the costs of such borrowing, the value of the Portfolio’s assets would be reduced by a greater amount than would otherwise be the case. The effect of leverage will therefore tend to magnify the gains or losses to the Portfolio as a result of investing the borrowed monies. During periods of substantial borrowings, the value of the Portfolio’s assets would be reduced due to the added expense of interest on borrowed monies. The Portfolio is authorized to borrow, and to pledge assets to secure such borrowings, up to the maximum extent permissible under the 1940 Act (i.e., presently 50% of net assets). The time and extent to which the Portfolio may employ leverage will be determined by the respective Subadviser in light of changing facts and circumstances, including general economic and market conditions, and will be subject to applicable lending regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve Board.
Any such borrowing will be made pursuant to the requirements of the 1940 Act and will be made only to the extent that the value of the Portfolio’s assets less its liabilities, other than borrowings, is equal to at least 300% of all borrowings including the proposed borrowing excluding any portion of the loan that is made for temporary purposes and that does not exceed 5% of the value of total assets. If the value of the Portfolio’s assets, so computed, should fail to meet the 300% asset coverage requirement, the Portfolio is required, within three business days, to reduce its bank debt to the extent necessary to meet such requirement and may have to sell a portion of its investments at a time when independent investment judgment would not dictate such sale. Interest on money borrowed is an expense the Portfolio would not otherwise incur, so that it may have little or no net investment income during periods of substantial borrowings. Since substantially all of the Portfolio’s assets fluctuate in value, but borrowing obligations are fixed when the Portfolio has outstanding borrowings, the NAV of the Portfolio correspondingly will tend to increase and decrease more when the Portfolio’s assets increase or decrease in value than would otherwise be the case. The Portfolio’s policy regarding use of leverage is a fundamental policy, which may not be changed without approval of the shareholders of the Portfolio.
3
Brady Bonds. Foreign securities include, among other things, Brady Bonds, which are securities created through the exchange of existing commercial bank loans to public and private entities in certain emerging markets for new bonds in connection with debt restructurings under a debt restructuring plan introduced by former Secretary of the United States Department of the Treasury (the “Treasury”), Nicholas F. Brady (the “Brady Plan”). Brady Plan debt restructurings have been implemented to date in Argentina, Brazil, Bulgaria, Costa Rica, Croatia, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, Jordan, Mexico, Morocco, Nigeria, Panama, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Slovenia, Uruguay and Venezuela. Brady Bonds may be collateralized or uncollateralized, are issued in various currencies (but primarily the U.S. dollar) and are actively traded in “over-the-counter” (“OTC”) secondary markets. U.S. dollar-denominated, collateralized Brady Bonds, which may be fixed rate bonds or floating rate bonds, are generally collateralized in full as to principal by U.S. Treasury zero coupon bonds having the same maturity as the bonds. Brady Bonds are often viewed as having three or four valuation components: the collateralized repayment of principal at final maturity; the collateralized interest payments; the uncollateralized interest payments; and any uncollateralized repayment of principal at maturity (these uncollateralized amounts constituting the “residual risk”). In light of the residual risk of Brady Bonds and the history of defaults of countries issuing Brady Bonds with respect to commercial bank loans by public and private entities, investments in Brady Bonds may be viewed as speculative.
Credit Risk Transfer Securities. Credit risk transfer securities are investments with returns based on the performance of a specified pool of mortgage loans and can be in the form of fixed- or floating-rate notes issued by or structured products (e.g., credit linked notes) sponsored by the Freddie Mac, the Fannie Mae or other mortgage market participants. Typically, such securities are issued at par and have stated final maturities. The securities are structured so that their interest and principal payments depend on the principal payments and default performance of a specific reference pool of residential mortgage loans acquired by the sponsoring entity (“Reference Obligations”). The sponsor selects the pool of Reference Obligations based on certain eligibility criteria, which will directly affect the performance of the securities. Such securities are issued in tranches to which are allocated certain principal repayments and credit losses corresponding to the seniority of the particular tranche. Each tranche of securities will have credit exposure to the Reference Obligations and the yield to maturity will be directly related to the amount and timing of certain defined credit events on the Reference Obligations, any prepayments by borrowers and any removals of a Reference Obligation from the pool.
The risks associated with an investment in credit risk transfer securities will be different than the risks associated with an investment in mortgage-backed securities issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, or other government-sponsored enterprises. Credit risk transfer securities are not secured by the Reference Obligation or the mortgaged properties. The securities may be considered high risk and complex securities.
Collateralized Bond Obligations, Collateralized Loan Obligations and Other Collateralized Debt Obligations. The Portfolio may invest in each of collateralized bond obligations (“CBOs”), collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”), other collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”) and other similarly structured securities. CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs are types of asset-backed securities. A CBO is a trust that is often backed by a diversified pool of high risk, below investment grade fixed income securities. The collateral can be from many different types of fixed income securities such as high-yield debt, residential privately issued mortgage-related securities, commercial privately issued mortgage-related securities, trust preferred securities and emerging market debt. A CLO is a trust typically collateralized by a pool of loans, which may include, among others, domestic and foreign senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans, and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade or equivalent unrated loans. Other CDOs are trusts backed by other types of assets representing obligations of various parties. CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs may charge management fees and administrative expenses.
For CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs, the cash flows from the trust are split into two or more portions, called tranches, varying in risk and yield. The riskiest portion is the “equity” tranche, which bears the bulk of defaults from the bonds or loans in the trust and serves to protect the other, more senior tranches from default in all but the most severe circumstances. Since they are partially protected from defaults, senior tranches from a CBO trust, CLO trust or trust of another CDO typically have higher ratings and lower yields than their underlying securities, and can be rated investment grade. Despite the protection from the equity tranche, CBO, CLO or other CDO tranches can experience substantial losses due to actual defaults, increased sensitivity to defaults due to collateral default and disappearance of protecting tranches, and market anticipation of defaults, as well as aversion to CBO, CLO or other CDO securities as a class.
4
The risks of an investment in a CBO, CLO or other CDO depend largely on the type of the collateral securities and the class of the instrument in which the Portfolio invests. Normally, CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs are privately offered and sold, and thus are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs may lack liquidity. However, an active dealer market may exist for CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs, allowing them to qualify for Rule 144A transactions. In addition to the normal risks associated with fixed income securities discussed elsewhere in this SAI and the Portfolio’s Prospectus (e.g., interest rate risk and default risk), CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs carry additional risks including, but not limited to: (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments; (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default; (iii) the risk that Portfolio may invest in CBOs, CLOs or other CDOs that are subordinate to other classes; and (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results.
Contracts for Difference. A contract for difference (“CFD”) is a privately negotiated over-the-counter derivative contract between two parties, buyer and seller, stipulating that the seller will pay to or receive from the buyer the difference between the nominal value of the underlying instrument at the opening of the contract and that instrument’s value at the end of the contract. As over-the-counter derivative contracts, CFDs are not traded on an exchange. A CFD offers exposure to price changes in an underlying security (or other instrument) without ownership of such security, typically by providing investors the ability to trade on margin. When entering into a CFD, the Portfolio attempts to predict either that the price of the underlying security will fall (taking a short position) or that the price of the security will rise (taking a long position). CFDs are subject to illiquidity risk because the liquidity of contracts for difference is based on the liquidity of the underlying instrument. CFD’s are also subject to the risk that the counterparty to the CFD transaction may be unable or unwilling to make payments or to otherwise honor its financial obligations under the terms of the contract. Contracts for difference, like many other derivative instruments, involve the risk that, if the derivative declines in value, additional margin would be required to maintain the position. The seller may require the Portfolio to deposit additional sums to maintain proper margin coverage, and this may be at short notice. If additional margin is not provided in time, the seller may liquidate the positions at a loss to the Portfolio. As is the case with owning any financial instrument, there is the risk of loss associated with buying a CFD. For example, if the Portfolio buys a long CFD and the underlying security (or other instrument) is worth less at the end of the contract, the Fund would be required to make a payment to the seller and would suffer a loss.
Convertible Securities. A convertible security is a bond, debenture, note, preferred stock or other security that may be converted into or exchanged for a prescribed amount of common stock or other equity security of the same or a different issuer within a particular period of time at a specified price or formula. A convertible security entitles the holder to receive interest paid or accrued on debt or the dividend paid on preferred stock until the convertible security matures or is redeemed, converted or exchanged. Before conversion, convertible securities have characteristics similar to nonconvertible income securities in that they ordinarily provide a stable stream of income with generally higher yields than those of common stocks of the same or similar issuers, but lower yields than comparable nonconvertible securities. The value of a convertible security is influenced by changes in interest rates, with investment value declining as interest rates increase and increasing as interest rates decline. The credit standing of the issuer and other factors also may have an effect on the convertible security’s investment value. Convertible securities rank senior to common stock in a corporation’s capital structure but are usually subordinated to comparable nonconvertible securities. Convertible securities may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in the convertible security’s governing instrument.
Holders of convertible securities generally have a claim on the assets of the issuer prior to the common stockholders but may be subordinated to other debt securities of the same issuer. A convertible security may be subject to redemption at the option of the issuer at a price established in a charter provision, indenture or other governing instrument pursuant to which the convertible security was issued. If a convertible security is called for redemption, the Portfolio will be required to redeem the security, convert it into the underlying common stock or sell it to a third party.
Certain preferred and debt securities may include loss absorption characteristics that make the securities more equity like. This is particularly true in the financial services sector. While loss absorption characteristics are relatively rare in the preferred and debt markets today, they may become more prevalent. One preferred or debt structure with loss
5
absorption characteristics is the contingent capital security (sometimes referred to as a “CoCo”). These securities provide for mandatory conversion into common stock of the issuer under certain circumstances. The mandatory conversion might be automatically triggered, for instance, if a company fails to meet the capital minimum described in the security, the company’s regulator makes a determination that the security should convert, or the company receives specified levels of extraordinary public support. Since the common stock of the issuer may not pay a dividend, investors in these instruments could experience a reduced income rate, potentially to zero; and conversion would deepen the subordination of the investor, hence worsening standing in a bankruptcy. In addition, some such instruments have a set stock conversion rate that would cause an automatic write down of capital if the price of the stock is below the conversion price on the conversion date. In another version of a security with loss absorption characteristics, the liquidation value of the security may be adjusted downward to below the original par value under certain circumstances similar to those that would trigger a CoCo. The write down of the par value would occur automatically and would not entitle the holders to seek bankruptcy of the company.
Currency Volatility. The value of the Portfolio’s foreign investments may fluctuate due to changes in currency rates. A decline in the value of foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar generally can be expected to depress the value of the Portfolio’s non-U.S. dollar denominated securities.
Cybersecurity and Artificial Intelligence Risk. Operational and financial risk resulting from the internet and computer technology is referred to as cybersecurity risk. Cybersecurity incidents can result from deliberate attacks such as gaining unauthorized access to digital systems (e.g., through “hacking” or malicious software coding) for purposes of misappropriating assets or sensitive information, corrupting data, or causing operational disruption, or from unintentional events, such as the inadvertent release of confidential information. Information systems failure (e.g., hardware and software malfunctions), cyber-attacks, user error or other disruptions to the confidentiality, integrity, or availability of the electronic systems of the Portfolio, the Portfolio’s Adviser, Subadviser, Directed Services LLC (the “Distributor”) and other service providers (e.g., index and benchmark providers, accountants, custodians, transfer agents and administrators) or the issuers of securities in which the Portfolio invests have the ability to cause disruptions and negatively impact the Portfolio’s business operations, potentially resulting in financial losses to the Portfolio.
The occurrence of such events could also result in, among other things, the theft, misuse, corruption, disclosure and destruction of sensitive business data, including personal information, maintained on our or our business partners’ or service providers’ systems, interference with or denial of service attacks on websites and other operational disruptions and unauthorized release of confidential customer information, inability to process shareholder transactions, including the processing of orders for or with the Portfolio, impact the ability to calculate NAVs, cause the release and possible destruction of confidential information, and/or subject the Portfolio or the Portfolio’s service providers to regulatory fines and enforcement action, litigation risks and financial losses and/or cause reputational damage, as well as possible reimbursement or other compensation costs, and/or additional compliance costs. There may be an increased risk of cyber-attacks during periods of geo-political or military conflict. While the Portfolio has established business continuity plans and risk management systems seeking to address system breaches or failures, there are inherent limitations in such plans and systems, and there can be no assurance that the Portfolio or its service providers will be able to avoid cyber-attacks or information security breaches in the future.
The rapid development and widespread adoption of artificial intelligence (“AI”) technologies present significant risks. To the extent AI is integrated into the operations of the Portfolio, its service providers, or the issuers in which the Portfolio invests, it introduces a range of risks that could significantly impact financial performance and operational stability. For example, AI’s reliance on large data sets and complex algorithms can lead to inaccuracies, biases, and incomplete outputs, potentially causing operational errors, investment losses, reputational harm, legal liability, and competitive harm to these entities. The evolving regulatory landscape surrounding AI adds another layer of uncertainty, as new regulations could limit the development and use of these technologies. Additionally, AI technologies may be exploited by malicious actors for cyberattacks, market manipulation, and fraud, further exacerbating risks.
The Adviser may seek to use AI in its business, operating, and investment activities, and expects the Portfolio’s service providers, including any sub-advisers, and the issuers in which the Portfolio invests to do the same. The extent of AI usage will vary across these entities, and while the Adviser will periodically update its policies and procedures for AI use, risks that the Adviser cannot control, such as misuse, remain. The competitive landscape may also be affected as AI technologies evolve, potentially rendering certain investment products or services obsolete. The potential for AI to disrupt markets and business operations is substantial, and the full extent of these risks is difficult to predict.
6
Defensive Instruments. Defensive instruments include high quality fixed income securities, repurchase agreements and other money market instruments. The Portfolio may make temporary defensive investments in response to adverse market, economic, political or other conditions. When the Portfolio takes a defensive position, it may miss out on investment opportunities that could have resulted from investing in accordance with its principal investment strategy. As a result, the Portfolio may not achieve its investment goal.
Derivatives. A derivative is any financial instrument whose value is derived from the value of other assets (such as stocks), reference rates or indices. Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act (“Rule 18f-4” or the “Derivatives Rule”) regulates the ability of the Portfolio to enter into derivative transactions and other leveraged transactions. Derivative transactions are defined by Rule 18f-4 to include (i) any swap, security-based swap, futures contract, forward contract, option, any combination of the foregoing, or any similar instrument, under which the Portfolio is or may be required to make any payment or delivery of cash or other assets during the life of the instrument or at maturity or early termination, whether as margin or settlement payment or otherwise; (ii) any short sale borrowing; (iii) any reverse repurchase agreement or similar financing transaction, if the Portfolio elects to treat them as derivatives transactions; and (iv) when-issued or forward-settling securities and non-standard settlement cycle securities, unless such transactions meet certain requirements.
Unless the Portfolio qualifies as a Limited Derivatives User (defined below), Rule 18f-4 requires the Portfolio to establish a derivatives risk management program, appoint a derivatives risk manager, and carry out enhanced reporting to the Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and the public regarding the Portfolio’s derivatives activities. In addition, the Derivatives Rule establishes limits on the derivatives transactions that the Portfolio may enter into based on the value-at-risk (“VaR”) of the Portfolio inclusive of derivatives. The Portfolio will generally satisfy the limits under the Derivatives Rule if the VaR of its portfolio (inclusive of derivatives transactions) does not exceed 200% of the VaR of its “designated reference portfolio.” The “designated reference portfolio” is a representative unleveraged index or the Portfolio’s own portfolio absent derivatives holdings, as determined by the Portfolio’s derivatives risk manager. This limits test is referred to as the “Relative VaR Test.” If the Portfolio determines that the Relative VaR Test is not appropriate for it in light of its strategy, subject to specified conditions, the Portfolio may instead comply with the Absolute VaR Test. The Portfolio will satisfy the Absolute VaR Test if the VaR of its portfolio does not exceed 20% of the value of the Portfolio’s net assets.
The Portfolio is not required to comply with the above requirements if it adopts and implements written policies and procedures reasonably designed to manage the Portfolio’s derivatives risk and its derivatives exposure does not exceed 10 percent of its net assets (as calculated in accordance with Rule 18f-4) (a “Limited Derivatives User”). The Portfolio is classified as a Limited Derivatives User under Rule 18f-4.
Emerging Markets. Investments in companies domiciled in emerging market countries may be subject to additional risks. Specifically, volatile social, political and economic conditions may expose investments in emerging or developing markets to economic structures that are generally less diverse and mature. Emerging market countries may have less stable political systems than those of more developed countries. As a result, it is possible that recent favorable economic developments in certain emerging market countries may be suddenly slowed or reversed by unanticipated political or social events in such countries. Moreover, the economies of individual emerging market countries may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as the rate of growth in gross domestic product, the rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payments position.
Another risk is that the small current size of the markets for such securities and the currently low or nonexistent volume of trading can result in a lack of liquidity and in greater price volatility. Until recently, there has been an absence of a capital market structure or market-oriented economy in certain emerging market countries. If the Portfolio’s securities will generally be denominated in foreign currencies, the value of such securities to the Portfolio will be affected by changes in currency exchange rates and in exchange control regulations. A change in the value of a foreign currency against the U.S. dollar will result in a corresponding change in the U.S. dollar value of the Portfolio’s securities. In addition, some emerging market countries may have fixed or managed currencies that are not free-floating against the U.S. dollar. Further, certain emerging market currencies may not be internationally traded. Certain of these currencies have experienced a steady devaluation relative to the U.S. dollar. Many emerging market countries have experienced substantial, and in some periods extremely high, rates of inflation for many years. Inflation and rapid fluctuations in inflation rates have had, and may continue to have, negative effects on the economies and securities markets of certain emerging market countries.
7
A further risk is that the existence of national policies may restrict the Portfolio’s investment opportunities and may include restrictions on investment in issuers or industries deemed sensitive to national interests. Also, some emerging market countries may not have developed structures governing private or foreign investment and may not allow for judicial redress for injury to private property.
Chinese Securities. The Portfolio may invest in securities of companies domiciled in the People’s Republic of China (“China” or the “PRC”). Investing in these securities involves special risks, including, but not limited to, an authoritarian government, less developed or less efficient trading markets, nationalization of assets, currency fluctuations or blockage, and restrictions on the repatriation of invested capital. In addition, there is no guarantee that the current rapid growth rate of the Chinese economy will continue, and the trend toward economic liberalization and disparities in wealth may result in social disorder. China is considered to be an emerging market and therefore carries high levels of risk associated with emerging markets. China has experienced security concerns, such as terrorism and strained international relations, as well as major health crises. These health crises include, but are not limited to, the rapid and pandemic spread of novel viruses commonly known as SARS, MERS, and Coronavirus. Such health crises could exacerbate political, social, and economic risks previously mentioned.
In addition, trade tensions between the United States and China have raised concerns about economic stability, with both countries implementing increased tariffs on each other’s imports. This situation has created uncertainty regarding the success of trade negotiations and the potential for a prolonged trade war, which could negatively impact global economic conditions. China’s growing trade surplus with the United States has heightened the risk of trade disputes, potentially leading to significant reductions in international trade and adverse effects on China’s export industry. The imposition of tariffs and trade restrictions could also negatively impact the economies and financial markets of Hong Kong and Taiwan. These and other factors could have a negative impact on the Portfolio’s performance and increase the volatility of an investment in the Portfolio.
Stock Connect. The Portfolio may invest in eligible exchange-traded funds and local equity Chinese securities (“China A-Shares”) of certain Chinese-domiciled companies (together, “Stock Connect Securities”) listed and traded on the Shanghai Stock Exchange (“SSE”) through the Shanghai-Hong Kong Stock Connect program and on the Shenzhen Stock Exchange (“SZSE”) through the Shenzhen-Hong Kong Stock Connect program (each, a “Stock Connect” and collectively, “Stock Connects”) or on such other stock exchanges in China which participate in Stock Connect from time to time. Each Stock Connect is a securities trading and clearing links program developed by Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing Limited (“HKEX”), the SSE or SZSE, as applicable, and the China Securities Depository and Clearing Corporation Limited that, among other things, permits foreign investment in the PRC via brokers in Hong Kong.
The Shanghai-Hong Kong Stock Connect program launched in November 2014 and the Shenzhen-Hong Kong Stock Connect program launched in December 2016, and there is no certainty as to how the regulations governing them will be applied or interpreted. Significant risks exist with respect to investing in Stock Connect Securities through a Stock Connect. Stock Connect Securities may only be bought from, or sold to, the Portfolio when both the PRC and Hong Kong markets are open for trading and when banks in both markets are open on the corresponding settlement days. Accordingly, if one or both markets are closed on a U.S. trading day, the Portfolio may not be able to dispose of its shares in a timely manner and this could adversely affect the Portfolio’s performance. The China A-Shares market has a higher propensity for trading suspensions than many other global equity markets. Trading suspensions in certain stocks could lead to greater market execution risk and costs for the Portfolio. In addition, same day trading is not permitted on the China A-Shares market, which may inhibit the Portfolio’s ability to enter into or exit trades on a timely basis. PRC regulations require the pre-delivery of cash or securities to a broker before the market opens on the day of selling. If the cash or securities are not in the broker’s possession before the market opens on that day, the sell order will be rejected, which may limit the Portfolio’s ability to dispose of its China A-Shares purchased through a Stock Connect in a timely manner.
Although no individual investment quotas or licensing requirements apply to investors in Stock Connects, trading through Stock Connects is subject to daily investment quota limitations, which may change. Once these quota limitations are reached, buy orders for Stock Connect Securities through a Stock Connect will be rejected, which could
8
adversely affect the Portfolio’s ability to pursue its investment strategy. Stock Connect Securities purchased through a Stock Connect may only be sold through a Stock Connect and are not otherwise transferrable. Although Stock Connect Securities must be designated as eligible to be traded on a Stock Connect, such shares may lose their eligibility at any time, in which case they may be sold but cannot be purchased through a Stock Connect. Moreover, since all trades of eligible Stock Connect Securities through a Stock Connect must be settled in Renminbi (“RMB”), the Portfolio must have timely access to a reliable supply of offshore RMB, which cannot be guaranteed. Notably, different fees, costs and taxes are imposed on foreign investors acquiring Stock Connect Securities obtained through a Stock Connect, and these fees, costs and taxes may be higher than comparable fees, costs and taxes imposed on owners of other securities providing similar investment exposure. There is also no assurance that RMB will not be subject to devaluation. Any devaluation of RMB could adversely affect the Portfolio’s investments. If the Portfolio holds a class of shares denominated in a local currency other than RMB, the Portfolio will be exposed to currency exchange risk if the Portfolio converts the local currency into RMB for investments in China A-shares. The Portfolio may also incur conversion costs.
The Portfolio’s Stock Connect Securities are held in an omnibus account and registered in nominee name, with Hong Kong Securities Clearing Company Limited (“HKSCC”) (a clearing house operated by HKEX) serving as nominee for the Portfolio. The exact nature and rights of the Portfolio as the beneficial owner of shares through HKSCC as nominee is not well defined under PRC law, and the exact nature and enforcement methods of those rights under PRC law are also unclear. As a result, the title to these shares, or the rights associated with them (i.e., participation in corporate actions, shareholder meetings, etc.) cannot be assured.
Russian Securities. In response to political and military actions undertaken by Russia, the United States, the European Union and the regulatory bodies of certain other countries have instituted numerous economic sanctions against certain Russian individuals and Russian entities, such as banning Russia from global payment systems that facilitate cross-border payments. As a result of these sanctions, the value and liquidity of Russian securities and Russian currency have experienced significant declines and Russia’s credit rating has been downgraded. These sanctions have resulted in freezing Russian securities, including securities held in the forms of ADRs and GDRs, and/or funds invested in prohibited assets, impairing the ability of the Portfolio to price, buy, sell, receive or deliver those securities and/or assets. Additional sanctions may be imposed in the future and may adversely impact, among other things, the Russian economy and various sectors of its economy. Further military action, retaliatory actions and other countermeasures that Russia may take, including the seizure of foreign residents’ or corporate entities’ assets, cyberattacks and espionage against other countries and foreign companies, may negatively impact such assets, countries and the companies in which the Portfolio invests. Any or all of these actions could potentially push Russia’s economy into a recession. The sanctions, the continued disruption of the Russian economy, and any related events could have a negative effect on the performance of funds, including the Portfolio, that have exposure to Russian investments.
Equity Securities. Equity securities include common stock, preferred stock, securities convertible into common or preferred stock, warrants or rights to acquire common stock, including options, and depositary receipts. Equity securities are subject to financial and market risks and can be expected to fluctuate in value.
Preferred Securities. There are two basic types of preferred securities, traditional and hybrid-preferred securities. Traditional preferred securities consist of preferred stock issued by an entity taxable as a corporation. Preferred stocks, which may offer fixed or floating rate dividends, are perpetual instruments and considered equity securities. Preferred securities are subordinated to senior debt instruments in a company’s capital structure, in terms of priority to corporate income and claim to corporate assets, and therefore will be subject to greater credit risk than debt instruments. Alternatively, hybrid-preferred securities may be issued by corporations, generally in the form of interest-bearing notes with preferred securities characteristics, or by an affiliated trust or partnership of the corporation, generally in the form of preferred interests in subordinated debentures or similarly structured securities. The hybrid-preferred securities market consists of both fixed and adjustable coupon rate securities that are either perpetual in nature or have stated maturity dates. Hybrid-preferred securities are considered debt securities. Due to their similar attributes, the Adviser also considers senior debt perpetual issues, certain securities with convertible features as well as exchange-listed senior debt issues that trade with attributes of exchange-listed perpetual and hybrid-preferred securities to be part of the broader preferred securities market.
9
ESG Investment Risk. To the extent that the Portfolio considers environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) criteria, ESG integration and/or application of related analyses when selecting investments, the Portfolio’s performance may be affected depending on whether such investments are in or out of favor and relative to similar funds that do not adhere to such criteria, integration or apply such analyses. Socially responsible norms differ by country and region, and a company’s ESG practices or the Adviser’s assessment of such may change over time. The Portfolio may invest in companies that do not reflect the beliefs and values of any particular investor. Additionally, the Portfolio’s adherence to its ESG criteria, ESG integration and/or and application of related analyses in connection with identifying and selecting investments in non-U.S. issuers often require subjective analysis and may be relatively more difficult than applying the ESG criteria, ESG integration or related analyses to investments of other issuers because data availability may be more limited with respect to non-U.S. issuers. The Portfolio’s consideration of ESG criteria may result in the Portfolio forgoing opportunities to buy certain securities when it might otherwise be advantageous to do so, or selling securities for ESG reasons when it might be otherwise disadvantageous for it to do so. The Portfolio’s investments in certain companies may be susceptible to various factors that may impact their businesses or operations, including costs associated with government budgetary constraints that impact publicly funded projects and clean energy initiatives, the effects of general economic conditions throughout the world, increased competition from other providers of services, unfavorable tax laws or accounting policies and high leverage.
Exchange-Traded Funds (“ETFs”). ETFs are a type of investment company bought and sold on a securities exchange. An ETF trades like common stock. While some ETFs are passively managed and seek to replicate the performance of a particular market index or segment, other ETFs are actively-managed and do not track a particular market index or segment, thereby subjecting investors to active management risk. Most ETFs are investment companies, and, therefore, the Portfolio’s purchase of ETF shares generally is subject to the limitations on, and the risks of, the Portfolio’s investments in other investment companies. See “Other Investment Companies.” The risks of owning an ETF generally reflect the risks of owning the securities underlying the ETF, although an ETF has management fees which increase its cost. Lack of liquidity in an ETF may result in wider bid-ask spreads.
Fixed Income Securities. The Portfolio may invest in fixed income securities. Debt securities are considered high-quality if they are rated at least Aa by Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”) or its equivalent by any other nationally recognized statistical rating organization (“NRSRO”) or, if unrated, are determined to be of equivalent investment quality. High-quality debt securities are considered to have a very strong capacity to pay principal and interest. Debt securities are considered investment grade if they are rated, for example, at least Baa3 by Moody’s or BBB- by S&P Global Ratings (“S&P”), a Division of S&P Global Inc., or their equivalent by any other NRSRO or, if not rated, are determined to be of equivalent investment quality. Investment grade debt securities are regarded as having an adequate capacity to pay principal and interest. Lower-medium quality and lower-quality securities rated, for example, Ba and B by Moody’s or its equivalent by any other NRSRO are regarded on balance as high risk and predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s continuing ability to meet principal and interest payments. The Managers will not necessarily dispose of an investment grade security that has been downgraded to below investment grade. See Appendix B for a description of each rating category and a more complete description of lower-medium quality and lower-quality debt securities and their risks.
The maturity of debt securities may be considered long- (ten-plus years), intermediate- (one to ten years), or short-term (thirteen months or less). In general, the principal values of longer-term securities fluctuate more widely in response to changes in interest rates than those of shorter-term securities, providing greater opportunity for capital gain or risk of capital loss. A decline in interest rates usually produces an increase in the value of debt securities, while an increase in interest rates generally reduces their value.
Lower-Rated, Fixed Income Securities
The Portfolio may invest in below investment grade debt securities, which are considered speculative. Issuers of lower-rated or non-rated securities (“high-yield” securities, commonly known as “junk bonds”) may be highly leveraged and may not have available to them more traditional methods of financing. Therefore, the risks associated with acquiring the securities of such issuers generally are greater than is the case with higher rated securities. For example, during an economic downturn or a sustained period of rising interest rates, issuers of high yield securities may be more likely to experience financial stress, especially if such issuers are highly leveraged. During such periods, such issuers may not have sufficient revenues to meet their interest payment obligations. The issuer’s ability to service its debt obligations also may be adversely affected by specific issuer developments, or the issuer’s inability to meet specific projected business forecasts, or the unavailability of additional financing. The risk of loss due to default by the issuer is significantly greater for the holders of lower-rated securities because such securities may be unsecured and may be subordinated to other creditors of the issuer.
10
Lower-rated, fixed income securities frequently have call or redemption features which would permit an issuer to repurchase the security from the Portfolio. If a call were exercised by the issuer during a period of declining interest rates, the Portfolio likely would have to replace such called security with a lower yielding security, thus decreasing the net investment income to the Portfolio and dividends to shareholders.
The Portfolio may have difficulty disposing of certain lower-rated, fixed income securities because there may be a thin trading market for such securities. The secondary trading market for high-yield securities is generally not as liquid as the secondary market for higher-rated securities. Reduced secondary market liquidity may have an adverse impact on market price and the Portfolio’s ability to dispose of particular issues when necessary to meet the Portfolio’s liquidity needs or in response to a specific economic event such as deterioration in the creditworthiness of the issuer.
Adverse publicity and investor perceptions, which may not be based on fundamental analysis, also may decrease the value and liquidity of lower-rated, fixed income securities, particularly in a thinly traded market. Factors adversely affecting the market value of lower-rated, fixed income securities are likely to adversely affect the Portfolio’s NAV. In addition, the Portfolio may incur additional expenses to the extent it is required to seek recovery upon the default of a portfolio holding or to participate in the restructuring of the obligation.
There are risks involved in applying credit ratings as a method for evaluating lower-rated, fixed income securities. For example, credit ratings evaluate the safety of principal and interest payments, not the market risks involved in lower-rated, fixed income securities. Since credit rating agencies may fail to change the credit ratings in a timely manner to reflect subsequent events, the Adviser or a Subadviser will monitor the issuers of lower-rated, fixed income securities in the Portfolio to determine if the issuers will have sufficient cash flow and profits to meet required principal and interest payments, and to assure the debt securities’ liquidity stays within the parameters of the Portfolio’s investment policies. The Subadvisers will not necessarily dispose of a portfolio security when its ratings have been changed.
Investments in already defaulted securities pose an additional risk of loss should nonpayment of principal and interest continue in respect of such securities. Even if such securities are held to maturity, recovery of the Portfolio’s initial investment and any anticipated income or appreciation is uncertain. In addition, the Portfolio may incur additional expenses to the extent that it is required to seek recovery relating to the default in the payment of principal or interest on such securities or otherwise protect its interests. The Portfolio may be required to liquidate other portfolio securities to satisfy annual distribution obligations of the Portfolio in respect of accrued interest income on securities which are subsequently written off, even though the Portfolio has not received any cash payments of such interest.
Municipal Securities
Fixed income securities include, among other things, municipal securities that are issued by or on behalf of states, territories and possessions of the United States and the District of Columbia and their political subdivisions, agencies or instrumentalities, the interest on which is exempt from U.S. federal income tax (“Municipal Securities”). Municipal Securities include debt securities that pay interest income, which is subject to the alternative minimum tax. The Portfolio may invest in Municipal Securities whose issuers pay interest on the Municipal Securities from revenues from projects such as multi-family housing, nursing homes, electric utility systems, hospitals or life care facilities. Municipal Securities include residual interest bonds, which are bonds created by dividing the income stream of an underlying municipal bond in two parts, a variable rate security and a residual interest bond. The interest rate for the variable rate security is determined by an index or an auction process held approximately every seven to thirty-five days, while the residual interest bond holder receives the balance of the income from the underlying municipal bond less an auction fee. The market prices of residual interest bonds may be highly sensitive to changes in market rates and may decrease significantly when market rates increase.
Floating Rate Obligations. These securities have a coupon rate that changes at least annually and generally more frequently. The coupon rate is set in relation to money market rates. The obligations, issued primarily by banks, other corporations, governments and semi-governmental bodies, may have a maturity in excess of one year. In some cases, the coupon rate may vary with changes in the yield on Treasury bills or notes or with changes in a reference rate such as the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”).
11
Foreign Securities. Foreign securities are securities of issuers that are economically tied to a non-U.S. country. Except as otherwise described in the Portfolio’s principal investment strategies or as determined by Subadviser, the Portfolio will consider an issuer to be economically tied to a non-U.S. country by looking at a number of factors, including the domicile of the issuer’s senior management, the primary stock exchange on which the issuer’s security trades, the country from which the issuer produced the largest portion of its revenue, and its reporting currency. A foreign security includes corporate debt securities of foreign issuers (including preferred or preference stock), certain foreign bank obligations and U.S. dollar or foreign currency-denominated obligations of foreign governments or their subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities, international agencies and supranational entities. Supranational entities include international organizations designated or supported by governmental entities to promote economic reconstruction or development and of international banking institutions and related government agencies. Examples include the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the Asian Development Bank and the Inter-American Development Bank.
The Portfolio may invest in non-U.S. dollar-denominated foreign securities, in accordance with its specific investment objective, investment programs, policies, and restrictions. Investing in foreign securities may involve advantages and disadvantages not present in domestic investments. There may be less publicly available information about securities not registered domestically, or their issuers, than is available about domestic issuers or their domestically registered securities. Stock markets outside the U.S. may not be as developed as domestic markets, and there may also be less government supervision of foreign exchanges and brokers. Foreign securities may be less liquid or more volatile than U.S. securities. Trade settlements may be slower and could possibly be subject to failure. In addition, brokerage commissions and custodial costs with respect to foreign securities may be higher than those for domestic investments. Accounting, auditing, financial reporting and disclosure standards for foreign issuers may be different than those applicable to domestic issuers. Non-U.S. dollar-denominated foreign securities may be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in currency exchange rates and exchange control regulations (including currency blockage) and the Portfolio may incur costs in connection with conversions between various currencies. Foreign securities may also involve risks due to changes in the political or economic conditions of such foreign countries, the possibility of expropriation of assets or nationalization, and possible difficulty in obtaining and enforcing judgments against foreign entities.
Investments in the securities of foreign issuers often involve currencies of foreign countries and may be affected favorably or unfavorably by changes in currency rates and in exchange control regulations and may incur costs in connection with conversions between various currencies. To the extent that the Portfolio is fully invested in foreign securities while also maintaining currency positions, it may be exposed to greater combined risk. The Portfolio also may be subject to currency exposure independent of its securities positions.
Currency exchange rates may fluctuate significantly over short periods of time. They generally are determined by the forces of supply and demand in the foreign exchange markets and the relative merits of investments in different countries, actual or anticipated changes in interest rates and other complex factors, as seen from an international perspective. Currency exchange rates also can be affected unpredictably by intervention by U.S. or foreign governments or central banks or the failure to intervene or by currency controls or political developments in the United States or abroad. To the extent that a substantial portion of the Portfolio’s total assets, adjusted to reflect the Portfolio’s net position after giving effect to currency transactions, is denominated or quoted in the currencies of foreign countries, the Portfolio will be more susceptible to the risk of adverse economic and political developments within those countries. The Portfolio’s net currency positions may expose it to risks independent of its securities positions. In addition, if the payment declines in value against the U.S. dollar before such income is distributed as dividends to shareholders or converted to U.S. dollars, the Portfolio may have to sell portfolio securities to obtain sufficient cash to pay such dividends.
Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts (“Forward Contracts”). Forward Contracts involve bilateral obligations of one party to purchase, and another party to sell, a specific currency at a future date (which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties), at a price set at the time the contract is entered into.
Forward Contracts are traded in the interbank market conducted directly between currency traders (usually large commercial banks) and their customers. Institutions that deal in forward currency contracts, however, are not required to continue to make markets in the currencies they trade and these markets can experience periods of illiquidity. The Portfolio may use Forward Contracts to reduce certain risks of its investments and/or to attempt to enhance return.
12
The Portfolio may invest in Forward Contracts consistent with its investment goal and investment strategies. To the extent that a substantial portion of the Portfolio’s total assets, adjusted to reflect the Portfolio’s net position after giving effect to currency transactions, is denominated or quoted in the currencies of foreign countries, the Portfolio will be more susceptible to the risk of adverse economic and political developments within those countries.
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank”), which is described below, includes forward foreign exchange transactions (but not bona fide spot foreign exchange transactions) in the definition of “swap” and therefore contemplates that certain of these contracts may be exchange-traded, cleared by a clearinghouse and regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”). A limited category of forward foreign exchange transactions was excluded from certain of the Dodd-Frank regulations, as permitted thereunder, by the Secretary of the United States Department of the U.S. Treasury (“Treasury”) and therefore that class of forward foreign currency contracts as well as bona fide spot foreign exchange transactions, which are settled through delivery of the foreign currency, will not be subject to full regulation by the CFTC, public reporting or to mandatory margining by counterparties and the Trust under regulations of the CFTC and the regulators of U.S. banks, bank holding companies and other regulated depository institutions (the “Prudential Regulators”). As a result, the Portfolio may not receive certain of the benefits of CFTC regulation or of mandatory bilateral margining for certain of its trading activities, including certain Forward Contracts although such Forward Contracts will be subject to the limits set forth in the Derivatives Rule.
Forward Contracts are generally used to protect against uncertainty in the level of future exchange rates, although they may be used with the goal of enhancing returns. The use of Forward Contracts does not eliminate fluctuations in the prices of the underlying securities the Portfolio owns or intends to acquire, but it does fix a rate of exchange in advance. In addition, although Forward Contracts limit the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currencies, at the same time they limit any potential gain that might result should the value of the currencies increase. Moreover, costs involved in entering into Forward Contracts will reduce the benefit of such contracts.
Forward Contracts may also be entered into with respect to specific transactions. For example, when the Portfolio enters into a contract for the purchase or sale of a security denominated in (or affected by fluctuations in, in the case of ADRs) a foreign currency, or when the Portfolio anticipates receipt of dividend payments in a foreign currency, the Portfolio may desire to “lock-in” the U.S. dollar price of the security or the U.S. dollar equivalent of such payment by entering into a Forward Contract, for a fixed amount of U.S. dollars per unit of foreign currency. Entry into a Forward Contract or a spot contract may also be used to facilitate the purchase or sale of the underlying foreign security or to close-out an existing Forward Contract. The Portfolio will thereby be able to protect itself against a possible loss resulting from an adverse change in the relationship between the currency exchange rates during the period between: the date on which the security is purchased and the date it is sold; the date on which a purchase is planned and the date it is effected; the date on which a dividend payment is declared and the date on which such payment is made or received; and the date on which a hedging transaction is entered into and the date it is terminated.
Forward Contracts are also used to lock in the U.S. dollar value of portfolio positions (“position hedge”). In a position hedge, for example, when the Portfolio believes that a particular foreign currency may suffer a substantial decline against the U.S. dollar, it may enter into a Forward Contract to sell an amount of that foreign currency approximating the value of some or all of the portfolio securities denominated in (or affected by fluctuations in, in the case of ADRs) such foreign currency, or when the Portfolio believes that the U.S. dollar may suffer a substantial decline against a foreign currency, it may enter into a Forward Contract to buy that foreign currency for a fixed dollar amount in exchange for U.S. dollars. In this situation, the Portfolio may, in the alternative, enter into a Forward Contract to sell a different foreign currency for a fixed U.S. dollar amount where the Portfolio believes that the U.S. dollar value of the currency to be sold pursuant to the Forward Contract will fall whenever there is a decline in the U.S. dollar value of the currency in which portfolio securities of the Portfolio are denominated (“cross-hedging”). Another example of a cross-hedge may involve the Portfolio entering into a Forward Contract to sell a fixed Euro amount and to enter into a Forward Contract to buy a fixed amount of a different currency. The Portfolio may also hedge investments denominated in a foreign currency by entering into forward currency contracts with respect to a foreign currency that is expected to correlate to the currency in which the investments are denominated (“proxy hedging”).
The precise matching of the Forward Contract amounts and the value of the securities involved will not generally be possible because the future value of such securities in foreign currencies will change as a consequence of market movements in the value of these securities between the date the Forward Contract is entered into and the date it is sold. Accordingly, it may be necessary for the Portfolio to purchase additional foreign currency on the spot (i.e., cash)
13
market (and bear the expense of such purchase), if the market value of the security is less than the amount of foreign currency the Portfolio is obligated to deliver and if a decision is made to sell the security and make delivery of the foreign currency. Conversely, it may be necessary to sell on the spot market some of the foreign currency received upon the sale of the portfolio security if its market value exceeds the amount of foreign currency the Portfolio is obligated to deliver. The projection of short-term currency market movements is extremely difficult, and the successful execution of a short-term hedging strategy is highly uncertain. Forward Contracts involve the risk that anticipated currency movements will not be accurately predicted, causing a Portfolio to sustain losses on these contracts and transaction costs.
At or before the maturity of a Forward Contract requiring the Portfolio to sell a currency, the Portfolio may either sell a portfolio security and use the sale proceeds to make delivery of the currency or retain the security and offset its contractual obligation to deliver the currency by purchasing a second contract pursuant to which the Portfolio will obtain, on the same maturity date, the same amount of the currency that it is obligated to deliver. Similarly, the Portfolio may close out a Forward Contract requiring it to purchase a specified currency by entering into a second contract entitling it to sell the same amount of the same currency on the maturity date of the first contract. The Portfolio would realize a gain or loss as a result of entering into such an offsetting Forward Contract under either circumstance to the extent the exchange rate or rates between the currencies involved moved between the execution dates of the first contract and offsetting contract, net of related transaction costs.
The cost to the Portfolio of engaging in Forward Contracts varies with factors such as the currencies involved, the length of the contract period and the market conditions then prevailing. Because Forward Contracts are usually entered into on a principal basis, no fees or commissions are involved, but transaction costs are charged through a spread. Because such contracts are not traded on an exchange, the Portfolio must evaluate the credit and performance risk of each particular counterparty under a Forward Contract as well as the pricing or spread offered.
Although the Portfolio values its assets daily in terms of U.S. dollars, it does not intend to convert its holdings of foreign currencies into U.S. dollars on a daily basis. The Portfolio may convert foreign currency from time to time, and investors should be aware of the costs of currency conversion. Foreign exchange dealers generally do not charge a fee for conversion, but they do seek to realize a profit based on the difference between the prices at which they buy and sell various currencies. Thus, a dealer may offer to sell a foreign currency to the Portfolio at one rate, while offering a lesser rate of exchange should the Portfolio desire to resell that currency to the dealer.
Hybrid Instruments. Hybrid instruments, including indexed and structured securities, combine the elements of derivatives, including futures contracts or options, with those of debt, preferred equity or a depository instrument (each, a “Hybrid Instrument” and collectively, “Hybrid Instruments”). Generally, a Hybrid Instrument will be a debt security, preferred stock, depository share, trust certificate, certificate of deposit or other evidence of indebtedness on which a portion of or all interest payments, and/or the principal or stated amount payable at maturity, redemption or retirement, is determined by reference to prices, changes in prices, or differences between prices of securities, currencies, intangibles, goods, articles or commodities (collectively, “Underlying Assets”) or by another objective index, economic factor or other measure, such as interest rates, currency exchange rates, commodity indices, and securities indices (collectively, “Benchmarks”). Thus, Hybrid Instruments may take a variety of forms, including, but not limited to, debt instruments with interest or principal payments or redemption terms determined by reference to the value of a currency or commodity or securities index at a future point in time, preferred stock with dividend rates determined by reference to the value of a currency, or convertible securities with the conversion terms related to a particular commodity.
Hybrid Instruments may be an efficient means of creating exposure to a particular market, or segment of a market, with the objective of enhancing total return. For example, the Portfolio may wish to take advantage of expected declines in interest rates in several European countries, but avoid the transaction costs associated with buying and currency-hedging the foreign bond positions. One solution would be to purchase a U.S. dollar-denominated Hybrid Instrument whose redemption price is linked to the average three-year interest rate in a designated group of countries. The redemption price formula would provide for payoffs of greater than par if the average interest rate was lower than a specified level, and payoffs of less than par if rates were above the specified level. Furthermore, the Portfolio could limit the downside risk of the security by establishing a minimum redemption price so that the principal paid at maturity could not be below a predetermined minimum level if interest rates were to rise significantly. The purpose of this arrangement, known as a structured security with an embedded put option, would be to give the Portfolio the desired European bond exposure while avoiding currency risk, limiting downside market risk, and lowering transaction costs. Of course, there is no guarantee that the strategy will be successful and the Portfolio could lose money if, for example, interest rates do not move as anticipated or credit problems develop with the issuer of the Hybrid Instrument.
14
The risks of investing in Hybrid Instruments reflect a combination of the risks of investing in securities, options, futures and currencies. Thus, an investment in a Hybrid Instrument may entail significant risks that are not associated with a similar investment in a traditional debt instrument that has a fixed principal amount, is denominated in U.S. dollars or bears interest either at a fixed rate or a floating rate determined by reference to a common, nationally published Benchmark. The risks of a particular Hybrid Instrument will depend upon the terms of the instrument, but may include, without limitation, the possibility of significant changes in the Benchmarks or the prices of Underlying Assets to which the instrument is linked. Such risks generally depend upon factors unrelated to the operations or credit quality of the issuer of the Hybrid Instrument, which may not be readily foreseen by the purchaser, such as economic and political events, the supply and demand for the Underlying Assets and interest rate movements. In recent years, various Benchmarks and prices for Underlying Assets have been highly volatile, and such volatility may be expected in the future. Reference is also made to the discussion of futures, options, and Forward Contracts herein for a discussion of the risks associated with such investments.
Hybrid Instruments are potentially more volatile and carry greater market risks than traditional debt instruments. Depending on the structure of the particular Hybrid Instrument, changes in a Benchmark may be magnified by the terms of the Hybrid Instrument and have an even more dramatic and substantial effect upon the value of the Hybrid Instrument. Also, the prices of the Hybrid Instrument and the Benchmark or Underlying Asset may not move in the same direction or at the same time.
Hybrid Instruments may bear interest or pay preferred dividends at below market (or even relatively nominal) rates. Alternatively, Hybrid Instruments may bear interest at above market rates but bear an increased risk of principal loss (or gain). The latter scenario may result if “leverage” is used to structure the Hybrid Instrument. Leverage risk occurs when the Hybrid Instrument is structured so that a given change in a Benchmark or Underlying Asset is multiplied to produce a greater value change in the Hybrid Instrument, thereby magnifying the risk of loss as well as the potential for gain.
Hybrid Instruments may also carry illiquidity risk since the instruments are often “customized” to meet the portfolio needs of a particular investor, and therefore, the number of investors that are willing and able to buy such instruments in the secondary market may be smaller than that for more traditional debt securities. Under certain conditions, the redemption (or sale) value of such an investment could be zero. In addition, because the purchase and sale of Hybrid Instruments could take place in an OTC market without the guarantee of a central clearing organization or in a transaction between the Portfolio and the issuer of the Hybrid Instrument, the creditworthiness of the counterparty or issuer of the Hybrid Instrument would be an additional risk factor the Portfolio would have to consider and monitor. Hybrid Instruments also may not be subject to regulation by the CFTC (which generally regulates the trading of commodity interests by U.S. persons), the SEC (which regulates the offer and sale of securities by and to U.S. persons), or any other governmental regulatory authority.
The various risks discussed above, particularly the market risk of such instruments, may in turn cause significant fluctuations in the NAV of the Portfolio. Accordingly, the Portfolio that so invests will limit its investments in Hybrid Instruments to 10% of its total assets.
Hybrid instruments include Participation Notes and Participatory Notes (“P-notes”). P-notes are participation interest notes that are issued by banks or broker-dealers and are designed to offer a return linked to a particular underlying equity, debt, currency or market. If the P-note were held to maturity, the issuer would pay to, or receive from, the purchaser the difference between the nominal value of the underlying instrument at the time of purchase and that instrument’s value at maturity. The holder of a P-note that is linked to a particular underlying security or instrument may be entitled to receive any dividends paid in connection with that underlying security or instrument, but typically does not receive voting rights as it would if it directly owned the underlying security or instrument. P-notes involve transaction costs. Investments in P-notes involve the same risks associated with a direct investment in the underlying securities, instruments or markets that they seek to replicate. In addition, there can be no assurance that there will be a trading market for a P-note or that the trading price of a P-note will equal the underlying value of the security, instrument or market that it seeks to replicate. Due to liquidity and transfer restrictions, the secondary markets on which a P-note is traded may be less liquid than the market for other securities, or may be completely illiquid, which
15
may also affect the ability of the Portfolio to accurately value a P-note. P-notes typically constitute general unsecured contractual obligations of the banks or broker-dealers that issue them, which subjects the Portfolio that holds them to counterparty risk (and this risk may be amplified if the Portfolio purchases P-notes from only a small number of issuers).
Hybrid Instruments also include structured investments, which are securities having a return tied to an underlying index or other security or asset. Structured investments are organized and operated to restructure the investment characteristics of the underlying security. This type of restructuring involves the deposit with or purchase by an entity, such as a corporation or trust, of specified instruments (such as commercial bank loans) and the issuance by that entity of one or more classes of securities (“Structured Securities”) backed by, or representing interests in, the underlying instruments. The cash flow on the underlying instruments may be apportioned among the newly issued Structured Securities to create securities with different investment characteristics, such as varying maturities, payment priorities and interest rate provisions, and the extent of the payments made with respect to Structured Securities is dependent on the extent of the cash flow on the underlying instruments. Because Structured Securities typically involve no credit enhancement, their credit risk generally will be equivalent to that of the underlying instruments. The Portfolio may invest in classes of Structured Securities that are either subordinated or unsubordinated to the right of payment of another class. Subordinated Structured Securities typically have higher yields and present greater risks than unsubordinated Structured Securities. Structured Securities are typically sold in private placement transactions, and there currently is no active trading market for Structured Securities. Investments in government and government-related and restructured debt instruments are subject to special risks, including the inability or unwillingness to repay principal and interest, requests to reschedule or restructure outstanding debt and requests to extend additional loan amounts. Certain issuers of structured securities may be deemed to be investment companies as defined in the 1940 Act. As a result, the Portfolio’s investments in these Structured Securities may be subject to limits applicable to investments in investment companies and may be subject to restrictions contained in the 1940 Act.
Contingent convertible securities (sometimes referred to as “CoCos”) are a type of hybrid security that under certain circumstances either (i) converts into common shares of the issuer or (ii) undergoes a principal write-down. The mandatory conversion/write-down provision might relate, for instance, to maintenance of a capital minimum, whereby falling below the minimum would trigger the automatic conversion. Since the common stock of the issuer may not pay a dividend, investors in these instruments could experience a reduced income rate, potentially to zero; and conversion would deepen the subordination of the investor, hence worsening standing in a bankruptcy. Should an instrument undergo a write-down, investors may lose some or all of their original investment.
Illiquid Investments. Under the Liquidity Rule (as defined below), no more than 15% of the Portfolio’s net assets may be invested in illiquid investments. An illiquid investment is any investment that the Portfolio reasonably expects cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions in seven calendar days or less without the sale or disposition significantly changing the market value of the investment. If illiquid investments exceed 15% of the Portfolio’s net assets, the Liquidity Rule and the Liquidity Program (as defined below) require that certain remedial actions be taken. Investment of the Portfolio’s assets in illiquid investments may restrict the ability of the Portfolio to dispose of its investments in a timely fashion and for a fair price as well as its ability to take advantage of market opportunities. The risks associated with illiquidity will be particularly acute where the Portfolio’s operations require cash, such as when the Portfolio redeems shares or pays dividends, and could result in the Portfolio borrowing to meet short-term cash requirements or incurring capital losses on the sale of illiquid investments.
Inflation-Indexed securities are debt instruments whose principal is indexed to an official or designated measure of inflation, such as the CPI in the United States. The principal of these instruments is adjusted based upon changes to the index or designated measure of inflation. Because the principal amount may increase or decrease, the interest received also will vary with adjustments to the principal amount. Inflation-indexed securities may be issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies, foreign governments and foreign government agencies, and private corporations or entities.
Interfund Borrowing and Lending Program. The Trust has received exemptive relief from the SEC that permits the Portfolio to participate in an interfund lending program among investment companies advised by SunAmerica or an affiliate. The interfund lending program allows the participating portfolios to borrow money from and loan money to each other for temporary or emergency purposes. The program is subject to a number of conditions designed to ensure fair and equitable treatment of participating portfolios, including the requirement that no portfolio may borrow from the program unless it receives a more favorable interest rate than would be available to any of the participating
16
portfolios from a typical bank for a comparable transaction. In addition, the Portfolio may participate in the program only if and to the extent that such participation is consistent with the Portfolio’s investment objective and policies (for instance, money market funds would normally participate only as lenders). Interfund loans and borrowings may extend overnight but could have a maximum duration of seven days. Loans may be called on one business day’s notice. The Portfolio may have to borrow from a bank at a higher interest rate if an interfund loan is called or not renewed. Any delay in repayment to a lending portfolio could result in a lost investment opportunity or additional costs. The program is subject to the oversight and periodic review of the Board of the participating portfolios. To the extent the Portfolio is actually engaged in borrowing through the interfund lending program, the Portfolio will comply with its investment policy on borrowing.
Inverse Floaters. Inverse floaters are leveraged inverse floating rate debt instruments. The interest rate on an inverse floater resets in the opposite direction from the market rate of interest to which the inverse floater is indexed. An inverse floater may be considered to be leveraged to the extent that its interest rate varies by a magnitude that exceeds the magnitude of the change in the index rate of interest. The higher degree of leverage inherent in inverse floaters is associated with greater volatility in their market values. Accordingly, the duration of an inverse floater may exceed its stated final maturity
IPO Investing. The Portfolio’s purchase of shares issued as part of, or a short period after, a company’s initial public offering (“IPOs”) exposes it to the risks associated with companies that have little operating history as public companies, as well as to the risks inherent in those sectors of the market where these new issuers operate. The market for IPO issuers may be volatile, and share prices of newly public companies have fluctuated in significant amounts over short periods of time. The effect of IPOs on the Portfolio’s performance depends on a variety of factors, including the number of IPOs the Portfolio invests in relative to the size of the Portfolio and whether and to what extent a security purchased in an IPO appreciates or depreciates in value. As the Portfolio’s asset base increases, IPOs often have a diminished effect on the Portfolio’s performance. Companies offering stock in IPOs generally have limited operating histories and purchase of their securities may involve greater investment risk.
Liquidity Risk Management. Rule 22e-4 under the 1940 Act (the “Liquidity Rule”) requires open-end funds, such as the Portfolio, to adopt a liquidity risk management program and enhance disclosures regarding fund liquidity. As required by the Liquidity Rule, the Portfolio has implemented its liquidity risk management program (the “Liquidity Program”), and the Board has appointed SunAmerica as the liquidity risk program administrator of the Liquidity Program. Under the Liquidity Program, SunAmerica assesses, manages, and periodically reviews the Portfolio’s liquidity risk and classifies each investment held by the Portfolio as a “highly liquid investment,” “moderately liquid investment,” “less liquid investment” or “illiquid investment.” The Liquidity Rule defines “liquidity risk” as the risk that the Portfolio could not meet requests to redeem shares issued by the Portfolio without significant dilution of the remaining investors’ interests in the Portfolio. The liquidity of the Portfolio’s portfolio investments is determined based on relevant market, trading and investment-specific considerations under the Liquidity Program. To the extent that an investment is deemed to be an illiquid investment or a less liquid investment, the Portfolio can expect to be exposed to greater liquidity risk.
Loan Participations and Assignments. Loan participations and assignments include investments in fixed and floating rate loans (“Loans”) arranged through private negotiations between an issuer of sovereign or corporate debt obligations and one or more financial institutions (“Lenders”). Investments in Loans are expected in most instances to be in the form of participations in Loans (“Participations”) and assignments of all or a portion of Loans (“Assignments”) from third parties. In the case of Participations, the Portfolio will have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the Lender selling the Participation and only upon receipt by the Lender of the payments from the borrower. In the event of the insolvency of the Lender selling a Participation, the Portfolio may be treated as a general creditor of the Lender and may not benefit from any setoff between the Lender and the borrower. The Portfolio will acquire Participations only if the Lenders interpositioned between the Portfolio and the borrower are determined by the Subadviser to be creditworthy. When the Portfolio purchase Assignments from Lenders they will acquire direct rights against the borrower on the Loan. Because Assignments are arranged through private negotiations between potential assignees and potential assignors, however, the rights and obligations acquired by the Portfolio as the purchaser of an Assignment may differ from, and be more limited than, those held by the assigning Lender. Because there is no liquid market for such securities, the Portfolio anticipate that such securities could be sold only to a limited number of institutional investors. The lack of a liquid secondary market may have an adverse impact on the value of such securities and the Portfolio’s ability to dispose of particular Assignments or
17
Participations when necessary to meet the Portfolio’s liquidity needs or in response to a specific economic event such as a deterioration in the creditworthiness of the borrower. The lack of a liquid secondary market for Assignments and Participations also may make it more difficult for the Portfolio to assign a value to these securities for purposes of valuing the Portfolio and calculating its NAV.
The highly leveraged nature of many such Loans may make such Loans especially vulnerable to adverse changes in economic or market conditions. Participations and other direct investments may not be in the form of securities or may be subject to restrictions on transfer, and there may be no liquid market for such securities, as described above.
In certain circumstances, Loans may not be deemed to be securities, and in the event of fraud or misrepresentation by a borrower or an arranger, Lenders and purchasers of interests in Loans, such as the Portfolio, will not have the protection of the anti-fraud provisions of the federal securities laws, as would be the case for bonds or stocks, and there may be less publicly available information about Loans than about securities. Instead, in such cases, Lenders generally rely on the contractual provisions in the Loan agreement itself and common-law fraud protections under applicable state law.
Mortgage-Backed Securities. Mortgage-backed securities include investments in mortgage-related securities, including certain U.S. government securities such as Government National Mortgage Association (“GNMA”), Federal National Mortgage Association (“FNMA”) or Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) certificates (as defined below), and private mortgage-related securities which represent an undivided ownership interest in a pool of mortgages. The mortgages backing these securities include conventional thirty-year fixed rate mortgages, fifteen-year fixed rate mortgages, graduated payment mortgages and adjustable rate mortgages. The U.S. government or the issuing agency guarantees the payment of interest and principal of these securities. However, the guarantees do not extend to the securities’ yield or value, which are likely to vary inversely with fluctuations in interest rates. These certificates are in most cases pass-through instruments, through which the holder receives a share of all interest and principal payments, including prepayments, on the mortgages underlying the certificate, net of certain fees.
The yield on mortgage-backed securities is based on the average expected life of the underlying pool of mortgage loans. Because the prepayment characteristics of the underlying mortgages vary, it is not possible to predict accurately the average life of a particular issue of pass-through certificates. Mortgage-backed securities are often subject to more rapid repayment than their stated maturity date would indicate as a result of the pass-through of prepayments of principal on the underlying mortgage obligations. Thus, the actual life of any particular pool will be shortened by any unscheduled or early payments of principal and interest. Principal prepayments generally result from the sale of the underlying property or the refinancing or foreclosure of underlying mortgages. The occurrence of prepayments is affected by a wide range of economic, demographic and social factors and, accordingly, it is not possible to predict accurately the average life of a particular pool. Yield on such pools is usually computed by using the historical record of prepayments for that pool, or, in the case of newly-issued mortgages, the prepayment history of similar pools. The actual prepayment experience of a pool of mortgage loans may cause the yield realized by the Portfolio to differ from the yield calculated on the basis of the expected average life of the pool.
Prepayments tend to increase during periods of falling interest rates, while during periods of rising interest rates prepayments will most likely decline. When prevailing interest rates rise, the value of a pass-through security may decrease as does the value of other debt securities, but, when prevailing interest rates decline, the value of a pass-through security is not likely to rise on a comparable basis with other debt securities because of the prepayment feature of pass-through securities. The reinvestment of scheduled principal payments and unscheduled prepayments that the Portfolio receives may occur at higher or lower rates than the original investment, thus affecting the yield of the Portfolio. Monthly interest payments received by the Portfolio have a compounding effect, which may increase the yield to shareholders more than debt obligations that pay interest semi-annually. Because of those factors, mortgage-backed securities may be less effective than U.S. Treasury bonds of similar maturity at maintaining yields during periods of declining interest rates. Accelerated prepayments adversely affect yields for pass-through securities purchased at a premium (i.e., at a price in excess of the principal amount) and may involve additional risk of loss of principal because the premium may not have been fully amortized at the time the obligation is repaid. The opposite is true for pass-through securities purchased at a discount. The Portfolio may purchase mortgage-backed securities at a premium or at a discount.
The following is a description of GNMA, FNMA and FHLMC certificates, the most widely available mortgage-backed securities:
18
GNMA Certificates (“GNMA Certificates”). GNMA Certificates are mortgage-backed securities that evidence an undivided interest in a pool or pools of mortgages. GNMA Certificates that the Portfolio may purchase are the modified pass-through type, which entitle the holder to receive timely payment of all interest and principal payments due on the mortgage pool, net of fees paid to the issuer and GNMA, regardless of whether or not the mortgagor actually makes the payment.
GNMA guarantees the timely payment of principal and interest on securities backed by a pool of mortgages insured by the Federal Housing Administration or the Farmers Home Administration, or guaranteed by the Veterans Administration . The GNMA guarantee is authorized by the National Housing Act and is backed by the full faith and credit of the United States. The GNMA is also empowered to borrow without limitation from the U.S. Treasury if necessary to make any payments required under its guarantee.
The average life of a GNMA Certificate is likely to be substantially shorter than the original maturity of the mortgages underlying the securities. Prepayments of principal by mortgagors and mortgage foreclosure will usually result in the return of the greater part of principal investment long before the maturity of the mortgages in the pool. Foreclosures impose no risk to principal investment because of the GNMA guarantee, except to the extent that the Portfolio has purchased the certificates at a premium in the secondary market. As prepayment rates of the individual mortgage pools vary widely, it is not possible to predict accurately the average life of a particular issue of GNMA Certificates.
FHLMC Certificates. The FHLMC issues two types of mortgage pass-through securities: mortgage participation certificates (“PCs”) and guaranteed mortgage certificates (“GMCs”) (collectively, “FHLMC Certificates”). PCs resemble GNMA Certificates in that each PC represents a pro rata share of all interest and principal payments made and owed on the underlying pool. The FHLMC guarantees timely monthly payment of interest (and, under certain circumstances, principal) of PCs and the ultimate payment of principal.
GMCs also represent a pro rata interest in a pool of mortgages. However, these instruments pay interest semi-annually and return principal once a year in guaranteed minimum payments. The expected average life of these securities is approximately 10 years. The FHLMC guarantee is not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.
FNMA Certificates. The FNMA issues guaranteed mortgage pass-through certificates (“FNMA Certificates”). FNMA Certificates represent a pro rata share of all interest and principal payments made and owed on the underlying pool. FNMA guarantees timely payment of interest and principal on FNMA Certificates. The FNMA guarantee is not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.
Although the U.S. government has provided financial support to FHLMC and FNMA, there can be no assurance that it will support these or other government-sponsored enterprises in the future.
Other types of mortgage-backed securities include:
Conventional Mortgage Pass-Through Securities (“Conventional Mortgage Pass-Throughs”). Conventional Mortgage Pass-Throughs represent participation interests in pools of mortgage loans that are issued by trusts formed by originators of the institutional investors in mortgage loans (or represent custodial arrangements administered by such institutions). These originators and institutions include commercial banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions, savings banks, insurance companies, investment banks or special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, such trusts are generally treated as grantor trusts or real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICs”) and, in either case, are generally not subject to any significant amount of U.S. federal income tax at the entity level.
The mortgage pools underlying Conventional Mortgage Pass-Throughs consist of conventional mortgage loans evidenced by promissory notes secured by first mortgages or first deeds of trust or other similar security instruments creating a first lien on residential or mixed residential and commercial properties. Conventional Mortgage Pass-Throughs (whether fixed or adjustable rate) provide for monthly payments that are a “pass-through” of the monthly interest and principal payments (including any prepayments) made by the individual borrowers on the pooled mortgage loans, net of any fees or other amount paid to any guarantor, administrator and/or servicer of the underlying mortgage loans. A trust fund with respect to which a REMIC election has been made may include regular interests in other REMICs, which in turn will ultimately evidence interests in mortgage loans.
19
Conventional mortgage pools generally offer a higher rate of interest than government and government-related pools because of the absence of any direct or indirect government or agency payment guarantees. However, timely payment of interest and principal of mortgage loans in these pools may be supported by various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loans, title, pool and hazard insurance and letters of credit. The insurance and guarantees may be issued by private insurers and mortgage poolers. Although the market for such securities is becoming increasingly liquid, mortgage-related securities issued by private organizations may not be readily marketable.
Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMOs”). CMOs are fully collateralized bonds that are the general obligations of the issuer thereof (e.g., the U.S. government, a U.S. government instrumentality, or a private issuer). Such bonds generally are secured by an assignment to a trustee (under the indenture pursuant to which the bonds are issued) of collateral consisting of a pool of mortgages. Payments with respect to the underlying mortgages generally are made to the trustee under the indenture. Payments of principal and interest on the underlying mortgages are not passed through to the holders of the CMOs as such (i.e., the character of payments of principal and interest is not passed through, and therefore payments to holders of CMOs attributable to interest paid and principal repaid on the underlying mortgages do not necessarily constitute income and return of capital, respectively, to such holders), but such payments are dedicated to payment of interest on and repayment of principal of the CMOs.
Principal and interest on the underlying mortgage assets may be allocated among the several classes of CMOs in various ways. In certain structures (known as “sequential pay” CMOs), payments of principal, including any principal prepayments, on the mortgage assets generally are applied to the classes of CMOs in the order of their respective final distribution dates. Thus, no payment of principal will be made on any class of sequential pay CMOs until all other classes having an earlier final distribution date have been paid in full.
Additional structures of CMOs include, among others, “parallel pay” CMOs. Parallel pay CMOs are those that are structured to apply principal payments and prepayments of the mortgage assets to two or more classes concurrently on a proportionate or disproportionate basis. These simultaneous payments are taken into account in calculating the final distribution date of each class.
A wide variety of CMOs may be issued in the parallel pay or sequential pay structures. These securities include accrual certificates (also known as “Z-Bonds”), which accrue interest at a specified rate only until all other certificates having an earlier final distribution date have been retired and are converted thereafter to an interest-paying security, and planned amortization class (“PAC”) certificates, which are parallel pay CMOs, which generally require that specified amounts of principal be applied on each payment date to one or more classes of CMOs (the “PAC Certificates”), even though all other principal payments and prepayments of the mortgage assets are then required to be applied to one or more other classes of the certificates. The scheduled principal payments for the PAC Certificates generally have the highest priority on each payment date after interest due has been paid to all classes entitled to receive interest currently. Shortfalls, if any, are added to the amount payable on the next payment date. The PAC Certificate payment schedule is taken into account in calculating the final distribution date of each class of PAC. In order to create PAC tranches, one or more tranches generally must be created to absorb most of the volatility in the underlying mortgage assets. These tranches tend to have market prices and yields that are much more volatile than the PAC classes.
Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities (“SMBS”). SMBS are often structured with two classes that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage assets. SMBS have greater market volatility than other types of U.S. government securities in which the Portfolio invests. A common type of SMBS has one class receiving some of the interest and all or most of the principal (the “principal-only” class) from the mortgage pool, while the other class will receive all or most of the interest (the “interest-only” class). The yield to maturity on an interest only class is extremely sensitive not only to changes in prevailing interest rates, but also to the rate of principal payments, including principal prepayments, on the underlying pool of mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payment may have a material adverse effect on the Portfolio’s yield.
Although the U.S. government has provided financial support to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, there can be no assurance that it will support these or other government-sponsored enterprises in the future.
20
New Developments. See Special Situations herein.
Options and Futures. Options and futures are contracts involving the right to receive or the obligation to deliver assets or money depending on the performance of one or more underlying assets or a market or economic index. An option gives its owner the right, but not the obligation, to buy (“call”) or sell (“put”) a specified amount of a security or other assets at a specified price within a specified time period. A futures contract is an exchange-traded legal contract to buy or sell a standard quantity and quality of a commodity, financial instrument, index, or security or basket of securities at a specified future date and price. Options and Futures (defined below) are generally used for either hedging or income enhancement purposes. The Portfolio may also use Options and Futures for other purposes, including, without limitation, to facilitate trading, to increase or decrease the Portfolio’s market exposure, to seek higher investment returns, to seek protection against a decline in the value of the Portfolio’s securities or an increase in prices of securities that may be purchased, or to generate income.
Options on securities may be traded on a national securities exchange or in the OTC market, options on futures contracts may be traded only on a designated contract market regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) and options on commodities and currencies are generally traded in the OTC market. Risks to the Portfolio of entering into option contracts include market risk, assignment risk (i.e., the risk that a clearinghouse will assign an exercise notice to an option writer which will require the holder to settle the option rather than allowing the option to expire while retaining the premium) and, with respect to OTC options, illiquidity risk and counterparty risk. Counterparty risk arises from the potential inability of counterparties to meet the terms of their contracts. If the counterparty defaults, the Portfolio’s loss will consist of the net amount of contractual payments that the Portfolio has not yet received. Market risk is the risk that there will be an unfavorable change in the value of the underlying securities. There is also the risk the Portfolio may not be able to enter into a closing transaction because of an illiquid market. In addition, unlisted options are not traded on an exchange and may not be as actively traded as listed options, making the valuation of such securities more difficult. An unlisted option also entails a greater risk that the party on the other side of the option transaction may default, which would make it impossible to close out an unlisted option position in some cases, and profits related to the transaction lost thereby.
Options can be either purchased or written (i.e., sold). A call option written by the Portfolio obligates the Portfolio to sell specified securities, commodities, or other assets to the holder of the option at a specified price or to deliver a net cash settlement amount equal to the difference between specified prices if the option is exercised at any time before expiration. One purpose of writing covered call options is to realize greater income than would be realized on portfolio securities transactions alone. However, in writing covered call options for additional income, the Portfolio may forgo the opportunity to profit from an increase in the market price of the underlying security. Under the policies applicable to the Trust, the Portfolio may only write call options up to 25% of its total assets.
A put option written by the Portfolio obligates the Portfolio to purchase specified securities from the option holder at a specified price or to deliver a net cash settlement amount equal to the difference between specified prices if the option is exercised at any time before expiration. One purpose of writing such options is to generate additional income for the Portfolio through the premiums received. However, in return for the option premium, the Portfolio accepts the risk that it may be required to purchase the underlying securities at a price in excess of the securities’ market value at the time of purchase.
The following is more detailed information concerning options on securities, commodity options, futures and options on futures:
Options on Securities. When the Portfolio writes (i.e., sells) a call option (“call”) on a security it receives a premium and, if the option is physically settled, agrees to sell the underlying security or basket of securities to a purchaser of a corresponding call on the same security during the call period (usually not more than nine months) at a fixed price (which may differ from the market price of the underlying security), regardless of market price changes during the call period. The Portfolio may also write call options that are cash settled. Under cash settlement, instead of purchasing the underlying security or basket of securities upon exercise, the Portfolio is required to pay the holder cash equal to the intrinsic profit embedded in the option based on the difference between specified prices. In both cases, the Portfolio has retained the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security or of the basket of securities decline during the call period, which may be offset to some extent by the premium.
To terminate its obligation on a call it has written, the Portfolio may sell its position or may purchase a corresponding call in a “closing purchase transaction.” A profit or loss will be realized, depending upon whether the net of the amount of the option transaction costs and the premium received on the call written was more or less than the price of the call
21
subsequently purchased. A profit may also be realized if the call expires unexercised, because the Portfolio retains the premium received (and, if the option was “covered,” the Portfolio would also retain the underlying security). If the Portfolio could not effect a closing purchase transaction due to lack of a market, it may be required to hold the callable securities until the call expired or was exercised. In the case of OTC options, the options writer may be able to negotiate a termination of the option contract.
When the Portfolio purchases a call (other than in a closing purchase transaction), it pays a premium and has the right to buy the underlying investment from a seller of a corresponding call on the same investment during the call period at a fixed exercise price or, if the call is cash settled, to receive the intrinsic profit (which is often measured based on the difference between the strike price and the market price of the underlying security or basket on the exercise date). The Portfolio generally benefits only if the call is sold at a profit or if, during the call period, the market price of the underlying investment is above the sum of the call price plus the transaction costs and the premium paid and the call is exercised. If the call is not exercised or sold (whether or not at a profit), it will become worthless at its expiration date and the Portfolio will lose its premium payment and the right to purchase the underlying investment. In some cases, however, a call option can serve as a hedge for other securities or trading strategies held by the Portfolio. For example, if the Portfolio enters into a short sale on securities, a long call option that references those securities can protect the Portfolio against losses in closing out the short position by establishing a fixed purchase price.
A put option on securities gives the purchaser the right to sell, and the writer the obligation to buy, the underlying investment at the exercise price during the option period or, if the option is cash settled, an obligation to settle by paying the intrinsic profit. The premium the Portfolio receives from writing a put option represents a profit as long as the price of the underlying investment remains above the exercise price (or, if the option is cash settled, the difference between the specified prices does not exceed the specified difference). However, the Portfolio has also assumed the obligation during the option period to buy the underlying investment from the buyer of the put at the exercise price (or, if cash settled, to pay the intrinsic profit), even though the value of the investment may fall below the exercise price. If the put expires unexercised, the Portfolio (as the writer of the put) realizes a gain in the amount of the premium. If the put is exercised, the Portfolio must fulfill its obligation to purchase the underlying investment at the exercise price, which will usually exceed the market value of the investment at that time. In that case, the Portfolio may incur a loss equal to the sum of the sale price of the underlying investment and the premium received minus the sum of the exercise price and any transaction costs incurred. A put option may be used to hedge other securities or trading strategies. For example, like a long call option, a cash-settled put option can protect the Portfolio against losses in closing out a short position in the referenced securities.
The Portfolio may sell or effect a closing purchase transaction to realize a profit on an outstanding put option it has written or to prevent an underlying security from being put. In the case of an OTC put option, the Portfolio may be able to negotiate a termination. The Portfolio will realize a profit or loss from sale, a termination or a closing purchase transaction if the cost of the transaction is less or more than the premium received from writing the option.
When the Portfolio purchases a put, it pays a premium and has the right to sell the underlying investment to a seller of a corresponding put on the same investment during the put period at a fixed exercise price (or, if cash settled, to receive a cash payment equal to the intrinsic profit). Buying a put on an investment the Portfolio owns enables the Portfolio to protect itself during the put period against a decline in the value of the underlying investment below the exercise price by selling such underlying investment at the exercise price to a seller of a corresponding put. If the market price of the underlying investment is equal to or above the exercise price and as a result the put is not exercised or resold, the put will become worthless at its expiration date, and the Portfolio will lose its premium payment and the right to sell the underlying investment pursuant to the put. The put may, however, be sold prior to expiration (whether or not at a profit). A long put option is often used as a hedge against depreciation in the value of securities held by the Portfolio.
Buying a put on an investment the Portfolio does not own permits the Portfolio either to resell the put or buy the underlying investment and sell it at the exercise price. The resale price of the put generally will vary inversely with the price of the underlying investment. If the market price of the underlying investment is above the exercise price and as a result the put is not exercised, the put will become worthless on its expiration date. In the event of a decline in the stock market, the Portfolio might be able to exercise or sell the put at a profit to attempt to offset some or all of its loss on its portfolio securities. Under Rule 18f-4, the Portfolio is limited in the positions in options that it is authorized to enter into and, assuming the Portfolio is not a Limited Derivatives User, the Portfolio is required to implement a derivatives risk management program and appoint a derivatives risk manager to oversee its entry into derivatives, including options.
22
In the case of a listed put option, as long as the obligation of the Portfolio as the put writer continues, it may be assigned an exercise notice by the broker-dealer through whom such option was sold, requiring the Portfolio to take delivery of the underlying security against payment of the exercise price. If the Portfolio writes an OTC put option, it will be responsible for purchasing the underlying security from the option counterparty (or paying the counterparty the intrinsic profit, for a cash-settled put option) upon exercise. The Portfolio has no control over when it may be required to purchase the underlying security, since the owner of the put option determines if and when to exercise the option. This obligation terminates upon expiration of the put, or such earlier time at which the Portfolio liquidates the option, negotiates a termination of an OTC option or effects a closing purchase transaction by purchasing a put of the same series as that previously sold. Once the Portfolio has been assigned an exercise notice for a listed option, it is thereafter not allowed to effect a closing purchase transaction.
The purchase of a spread option on a security gives the Portfolio the right to put, or sell, a security at a fixed dollar spread or fixed yield spread in relationship to another security. Covered options spread is a strategy sometimes used by the Portfolio. Under a covered options spread, the Portfolio owns the securities referenced by two call options sold by the Portfolio or two put options purchased by the Portfolio at different strike price levels. The risk to the Portfolio in purchasing covered spread options is the cost of the premium paid for the spread option and any transaction costs. Similarly, the risk to the Portfolio in selling covered spread options is that the Portfolio may be required to sell the securities under both options, and the cost of doing so may be greater than the premium received. In addition, there is no assurance that closing transactions will be available. The purchase of spread options will be used to protect the Portfolio against adverse changes in prevailing credit quality spreads (i.e., the yield spread between high quality and lower quality securities). Such protection is provided only during the life of the spread option.
Options on Foreign Currencies. Puts and calls are also written and purchased on foreign currencies in an attempt to protect against declines in the U.S. dollar value of foreign portfolio securities and against increases in the U.S. dollar cost of foreign securities to be acquired. Most currency options are entered into on an OTC basis.
As with other kinds of option transactions, the writing of an option on currency will constitute only a partial hedge, up to the amount of the premium received. The Portfolio could be required to purchase or sell currencies at disadvantageous exchange rates, thereby incurring losses. The purchase of an option on currency may constitute an effective hedge against exchange rate fluctuations; however, in the event of exchange rate movements adverse to the Portfolio’s position, the Portfolio may forfeit the entire amount of the premium plus related transaction costs.
Options on Securities Indices. Puts and calls on broad-based securities indices are similar to puts and calls on securities except that all settlements are in cash and gain or loss depends on changes in the index in question (and thus on price movements in the securities market generally) rather than on price movements in individual securities or Futures (as defined below). When the Portfolio buys a call on a securities index, it pays a premium. During the call period, upon exercise of a call by the Portfolio, a seller of a corresponding call on the same investment will pay the Portfolio an amount of cash to settle the call if the closing level of the securities index upon which the call is based is greater than the exercise price of the call. That cash payment is equal to the difference between the closing price of the index and the exercise price of the call times a specified multiple (the “multiplier”) which determines the total dollar value for each point of difference. When the Portfolio buys a put on a securities index, it pays a premium and has the right during the put period to require a seller of a corresponding put, upon the Portfolio’s exercise of its put, to deliver to the Portfolio an amount of cash to settle the put if the closing level of the securities index upon which the put is based is less than the exercise price of the put. That cash payment is determined by the multiplier, in the same manner as described above as to calls.
The use of options subjects the Portfolio to a number of risks, including market risk and, in the case of OTC options, counterparty risk. In addition, options may not succeed depending upon market conditions. For example, if the Subadviser’s predictions of future movements in the securities markets do not materialize, the use of options may exacerbate the adverse consequences to the Portfolio (e.g., by reducing available cash available for distribution or reinvestment) and may leave the Portfolio in a worse position than if options had not been used. Other risks of using options include contractions and unexpected movements in the prices of the assets underlying the options and bankruptcy of the counterparty.
23
Yield Curve Options. The trading of yield curve options is subject to all of the risks associated with the trading of other types of options. In addition, however, such options present risk of loss even if the yield of one of the underlying securities remains constant, if the spread moves in a direction or to an extent not anticipated. Yield curve options are traded OTC and because they have been only recently introduced, established trading markets for these securities have not yet developed.
Reset Options. Reset options are options on U.S. Treasury securities that provide for periodic adjustment of the strike price and may also provide for the periodic adjustment of the premium during the term of each such option. Like other types of options, these transactions, which may be referred to as “reset” options or “adjustable strike” options grant the purchaser the right to purchase (in the case of a call) or sell (in the case of a put), a specified type of U.S. Treasury security at any time up to a stated expiration date (or, in certain instances, on such date). In contrast to other types of options, however, the price at which the underlying security may be purchased or sold under a “reset” option is determined at various intervals during the term of the option, and such price fluctuates from interval to interval based on changes in the market value of the underlying security. As a result, the strike price of a “reset” option, at the time of exercise, may be less advantageous than if the strike price had been fixed at the initiation of the option. In addition, the premium paid for the purchase of the option may be determined at the termination, rather than the initiation, of the option. If the premium for a reset option written by the Portfolio is paid at termination, the Portfolio assumes the risk that (i) the premium may be less than the premium that would otherwise have been received at the initiation of the option because of such factors as the volatility in yield of the underlying U.S. Treasury security over the term of the option and adjustments made to the strike price of the option, and (ii) the option purchaser may default on its obligation to pay the premium at the termination of the option. Conversely, where the Portfolio purchases a reset option, it could be required to pay a higher premium than would have been the case at the initiation of the option.
Options on securities are subject to position limits and exercise limits established by the exchanges, the Options Clearing Corporation and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”), which restrict the size of the positions that the Portfolio may enter into or exercise.
Futures. The Portfolio may enter into futures contracts for various purposes including to increase or decrease exposure to equity or bond markets, to hedge against changes in interest rates, prices of stocks, bonds or other instruments, or rates to manage duration and yield curve positioning, or to enhance income or total return. Interest rate futures contracts, foreign currency futures contracts and stock and bond index futures contracts, including futures on U.S. Government securities (together, “Futures”) are used primarily for hedging purposes, and from time to time with the goal of enhancing return. Futures are also often used to adjust exposure to various equity or fixed income markets or as a substitute for investments in underlying securities (or other) markets, referred to as the “cash” markets. Upon entering into a Futures transaction, the Portfolio is required to deposit initial margin equal to a percentage (generally less than 10%) of the contract value with a futures commission merchant (the “futures broker”) for posting with the applicable clearinghouse. As the Future is marked to market to reflect changes in its market value, exchanges of margin, known as “variation margin,” are made or received by the Portfolio as a result of changes in the value of the contract and /or changes in the value of the initial margin requirement. Prior to expiration of the Future, if the Portfolio elects to close out its position by taking an opposite position, a final determination of variation margin is made, additional cash is required to be paid by or released to the Portfolio, and any loss or gain is realized for tax purposes. All Futures transactions are effected through a clearinghouse associated with the exchange on which the Futures are traded. Some Futures are physically-settled, which means that, unless the Future is closed out prior to the maturity date, the Portfolio would be required to deliver or take delivery of the referenced asset. Other Futures are cash-settled, which means that the Portfolio would be required to pay or receive cash equal to the intrinsic profit in the contract.
The primary risk to the Portfolio of entering into Futures is market risk. Market risk is the risk that there will be an unfavorable change in the interest rate, value or currency rate of the underlying instrument. Futures involve, to varying degrees, risk of loss in excess of the variation margin disclosed on the Statement of Assets and Liabilities. There may also be trading restrictions or limitations imposed by an exchange, and government regulations may restrict trading in futures contracts. There may not always be a liquid secondary market for Futures and, as a result, the Portfolio may be unable to close out its contracts at a time that is advantageous or as necessary to avoid physical settlement. In addition, if the Portfolio has insufficient cash to meet margin requirements, the Portfolio may need to sell other investments, including at disadvantageous times. The Portfolio may enter into arrangements with futures brokers to take on for the Portfolio physical settlement obligations in the event that the Portfolio fails to close out a position prior to the maturity date.
24
Interest rate futures contracts are purchased or sold generally to manage duration and yield curve positioning and for hedging purposes to attempt to protect against the effects of interest rate changes on the Portfolio’s current or intended investments in fixed income securities, as well as for other purposes. For example, if the Portfolio owned long-term bonds and interest rates were expected to increase, the Portfolio might sell interest rate futures contracts. Such a sale would have much the same effect as selling some of the long-term bonds in the Portfolio’s portfolio. However, since the Futures market is generally more liquid than the underlying bond or “cash” market, the use of interest rate futures contracts as a hedging technique allows the Portfolio to hedge its interest rate risk without having to sell its portfolio securities. If interest rates did increase, the value of the debt securities in the portfolio would decline, but the value of that Portfolio’s interest rate futures contracts would be expected to increase at approximately the same rate, thereby keeping the NAV of that Portfolio from declining as much as it otherwise would have. On the other hand, if interest rates were expected to decline, interest rate futures contracts may be purchased to hedge in anticipation of subsequent purchases of long-term bonds at higher prices. Since the fluctuations in the value of the interest rate futures contracts should be similar to that of long-term bonds, the Portfolio could protect itself against the effects of the anticipated rise in the value of long-term bonds without actually buying them until the necessary cash became available or the market had stabilized. At that time, the interest rate futures contracts could be liquidated and that Portfolio’s cash reserves could then be used to buy long-term bonds in the cash market.
The structure of swap futures blends certain characteristics of existing OTC swaps and futures products. Unlike most swaps traded in the OTC market that are so-called “par” swaps with a fixed market value trading on a rate basis, swap futures have fixed notional coupons and trade on a price basis. In addition, swap futures are constant maturity products that will not mature like OTC swaps, but rather represent a series of 10-year instruments expiring quarterly. Because swap futures are traded on an exchange, there is no bilateral counterparty or default risk, although, like all futures contracts, the Portfolio could experience delays and/or losses associated with the bankruptcy of a broker through which the Portfolio engages in futures transactions. Investing in swap futures is subject to the same risks of investing in futures, which is described above.
Purchases or sales of stock or bond index futures contracts are used for hedging purposes to attempt to protect the Portfolio’s current or intended investments from broad fluctuations in stock or bond prices. For example, the Portfolio may sell stock or bond index futures contracts in anticipation of or during a market decline to attempt to offset the decrease in market value of the Portfolio’s securities portfolio that might otherwise result. If such decline occurs, the loss in value of portfolio securities may be offset, in whole or in part, by gains on the Futures position. When the Portfolio is not fully invested in the securities market and anticipates a significant market advance, it may purchase stock or bond index futures contracts in order to gain rapid market exposure that may, in part or entirely, offset increases in the cost of securities that the Portfolio intends to purchase. As such purchases are made, the corresponding positions in stock or bond index futures contracts will be closed out.
Foreign currency futures contracts are generally entered into for hedging or income enhancement purposes to attempt to protect the Portfolio’s current or intended investments from fluctuations in currency exchange rates. Such fluctuations could reduce the dollar value of portfolio securities denominated in foreign currencies, or increase the cost of foreign-denominated securities to be acquired, even if the value of such securities in the currencies in which they are denominated remains constant. For example, the Portfolio may sell futures contracts on a foreign currency when it holds securities denominated in such currency and it anticipates a decline in the value of such currency relative to the dollar. In the event such decline occurs, the resulting adverse effect on the value of foreign-denominated securities may be offset, in whole or in part, by gains on the Futures contracts. However, if the value of the foreign currency increases relative to the dollar, the Portfolio’s loss on the foreign currency futures contract may or may not be offset by an increase in the value of the securities since a decline in the price of the security stated in terms of the foreign currency may be greater than the increase in value as a result of the change in exchange rates.
Conversely, the Portfolio could protect against a rise in the dollar cost of foreign-denominated securities to be acquired by purchasing Futures contracts on the relevant currency, which could offset, in whole or in part, the increased cost of such securities resulting from a rise in the dollar value of the underlying currencies. When the Portfolio purchases futures contracts under such circumstances, however, and the price of securities to be acquired instead declines as a result of appreciation of the dollar, the Portfolio will sustain losses on its futures position, which could reduce or eliminate the benefits of the reduced cost of portfolio securities to be acquired.
Foreign currency futures contracts provide similar economics to Forward Contracts except they are generally not physically-settled, require mandatory margining and trade on an exchange.
25
Options on Futures. Options on futures include options on interest rate futures contracts, stock and bond index futures contracts and foreign currency futures contracts (collectively, “Futures”).
The writing of a call option on a long Futures contract on a securities index may be used as a partial hedge against declining prices of the securities in the portfolio that are correlated to the referenced index. Similar to a covered call on a security, if the Futures price at expiration of the option is below the exercise price, the Portfolio will retain the full amount of the option premium, which provides a partial hedge against any decline that may have occurred in the portfolio holdings. Similarly, the writing of a put option on a Futures contract on a securities index may be used as a partial hedge against increasing prices of securities held by the Portfolio that are correlated with the index referenced under the terms of the Futures contract. If the Futures price at expiration of the put option is higher than the exercise price, the Portfolio will retain the full amount of the option premium that provides a partial hedge against any increase in the price of securities the Portfolio intends to purchase. If a put or call option the Portfolio has written is exercised, the Portfolio will incur a loss, which will be reduced by the amount of the premium it receives.
The Portfolio may purchase options on Futures for hedging purposes, instead of purchasing or selling the underlying Futures contract. For example, where a decrease in the value of portfolio securities is anticipated as a result of a projected market-wide decline or changes in interest or exchange rates, the Portfolio could, in lieu of selling a Futures contract, purchase put options thereon. In the event that such decrease occurs, it may be offset, in whole or part, by a profit on the option. If the market decline does not occur, the Portfolio will suffer a loss equal to the price of the put. Where it is projected that the value of securities to be acquired by the Portfolio will increase prior to acquisition, due to a market advance or changes in interest or exchange rates, the Portfolio could purchase call options on Futures, rather than purchasing the underlying Futures contract. If the market advances, the increased cost of securities to be purchased may be offset by a profit on the call. However, if the market declines, the Portfolio will suffer a loss equal to the price of the call but the securities the Portfolio intends to purchase may be less expensive.
Limitations on entering into Options on Futures. Transactions in options on Futures by the Portfolio are subject to limitations established by the CFTC and each of the exchanges governing the maximum number of options that may be written or held by a single investor or group of investors acting in concert, regardless of whether the options were written or purchased on the same or different exchanges or are held in one or more accounts or through one or more exchanges or brokers. Thus, the number of options the Portfolio may write or hold may be affected by options written or held by other entities, including other investment companies having the same or an affiliated investment adviser.
Commodity Exchange Act Regulation. The Portfolio is operated by persons who have claimed an exclusion, granted to operators of registered investment companies like the Portfolio, from registration as a “commodity pool operator” with respect to the Portfolio under the Commodity Exchange Act (the “CEA”), and, therefore, are not subject to registration or regulation with respect to the Portfolio under the CEA. As a result, the Portfolio is limited in its ability to use futures (which include futures on broad-based securities indexes and interest rate futures) or options on futures, engage in certain swaps transactions or make certain other investments (whether directly or indirectly through investments in other investment vehicles) for purposes other than “bona fide hedging,” as defined in the rules of the CFTC. With respect to transactions other than for bona fide hedging purposes, either: (1) the aggregate initial margin and premiums required to establish the Portfolio’s positions in such investments may not exceed 5% of the liquidation value of its portfolio (after accounting for unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such investments and calculated in accordance with CFTC Rule 4.5); or (2) the aggregate net notional value of such instruments, determined at the time the most recent position was established, may not exceed 100% of the liquidation value of its portfolio (after accounting for unrealized profits and unrealized losses on any such positions). In addition to meeting one of the foregoing trading limitations, the Portfolio is also subject to certain marketing limitations imposed by CFTC Rule 4.5.
The regulatory requirements governing the use of commodity futures, options on commodity futures, certain swaps or certain other investments could change at any time.
Other Investment Companies. The Portfolio may invest in securities of other investment companies, including ETFs, up to the maximum extent permissible under the 1940 Act. Investments in other investment companies are subject to statutory limitations prescribed by the 1940 Act. Except for investments in money market funds permitted by Rule 12d1-1, Section 12(d) of the 1940 Act prohibits the Portfolio from acquiring more than 3% of the voting shares of any other investment company, and prohibits more than 5% of the Portfolio’s total assets being invested in securities of any one investment company or more than 10% of its total assets being invested in securities of all investment
26
companies, unless the Portfolio is able to rely on and meet the requirements of one or more rules under the 1940 Act that permit investments in other investment companies in excess of these limits. In addition, to the extent the Portfolio has knowledge that its shares are purchased by another investment company in reliance on the provisions of paragraph (G) of Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act, the Portfolio will not acquire shares of other affiliated or unaffiliated registered open-end investment companies or registered unit investment trusts in reliance on paragraph (F) or (G) of Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act. The Portfolio will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any management fees and other expenses paid by such other investment companies. Investments in other investment companies are subject to market and selection risk. See also “Exchange Traded Funds.”
Partnership Securities. The Portfolio may invest in securities issued by publicly traded partnerships or MLPs (together referred to as “PTPs/MLPs”) publicly traded on stock exchanges or markets in the United States such as the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) and NASDAQ.
These entities are various forms of partnerships or limited liability companies that elect to be taxed as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Generally PTPs/MLPs are operated under the supervision of one or more managing partners or members. Limited partners, unit holders, or members (such as the Portfolio if it invests in a partnership) are not involved in the day-to-day management of the company. Limited partners, unit holders, or members are allocated income and capital gains associated with the partnership project in accordance with the terms of the partnership or limited liability company agreement.
Risks involved with investing in PTPs/MLPs include, among other things, risks associated with the (i) partnership structure itself and (ii) specific industry or industries in which the partnership invests, such as the risks of investing in real estate, or oil and gas industries.
At times PTPs/MLPs may potentially offer relatively high yields compared to common stocks. Because PTPs/MLPs are generally treated as “pass-through” entities for tax purposes, they do not ordinarily pay income tax, but pass their earnings on to unit holders (except in the case of some publicly traded firms that may be taxed as corporations). See also “Master Limited Partnerships (“MLPs”).”
Passive Foreign Investment Companies (“PFICs”). PFICs are any foreign corporations which generate certain amounts of passive income or hold certain amounts of assets for the production of passive income. Passive income includes dividends, interest, royalties, rents and annuities. To avoid taxes and interest that the Portfolio must pay if these investments are profitable, the Portfolio may make various elections permitted by the tax laws. These elections could require that the Portfolio recognize taxable income, which in turn must be distributed, before the securities are sold and before cash is received to pay the distributions.
Private Investments in Public Equity. Private Investments in Public Equity (“PIPEs”) are equity securities issued in a private placement by companies that have outstanding, publicly traded equity securities of the same class. Shares in PIPEs generally are not registered with the SEC until after a certain time period from the date the private sale is completed. PIPE transactions will generally result in the Portfolio acquiring either restricted stock or an instrument convertible into restricted stock. As with investments in other types of restricted securities, such an investment may be illiquid. The Portfolio’s ability to dispose of securities acquired in PIPE transactions may depend upon the registration of such securities for resale. Any number of factors may prevent or delay a proposed registration. Alternatively, it may be possible for securities acquired in a PIPE transaction to be resold in transactions exempt from registration in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or otherwise under the federal securities laws. There is no guarantee, however, that an active trading market for the securities will exist at the time of disposition of the securities, and the lack of such a market could hurt the market value of the Portfolio’s investments. As a result, even if the Portfolio is able to have securities acquired in a PIPE transaction registered or sell such securities through an exempt transaction, the Portfolio may not be able to sell all the securities on short notice, and the sale of the securities could lower the market price of the securities. PIPEs may contain provisions that the issuer will pay specified financial penalties to the holder if the issuer does not publicly register the restricted equity securities within a specified period of time, but there is no assurance that the restricted equity securities will be publicly registered, or that the registration will remain in effect.
Real Estate Investment Trusts (“REITs”). REITs pool investors’ funds for investment primarily in income producing real estate or real estate-related loans or interests. A REIT is not taxed on income distributed to shareholders if it complies with various requirements relating to its organization, ownership, assets and income and with the
27
requirement that it distribute to its shareholders substantially all of its taxable income for each taxable year. REITs can generally be classified as Equity REITs, Mortgage REITs and Hybrid REITs. Equity REITs invest the majority of their assets directly in real property and derive their income primarily from the collection of rents. Equity REITs can also realize capital gains by selling property that has appreciated in value. Mortgage REITs invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive their income primarily from interest payments. Hybrid REITs combine the characteristics of both Equity REITs and Mortgage REITs. Equity REITs may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying property owned by the trusts, while Mortgage REITs may be affected by the quality of credit extended. Equity and Mortgage REITs are dependent upon management skill, may not be diversified and are subject to project financing risks. Such trusts are also subject to heavy cash flow dependency, defaults by borrowers, self-liquidation and the possibility of failing to qualify for tax-free pass-through of income under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and to maintain exemption from registration under the 1940 Act. Changes in interest rates may also affect the value of the REIT securities in the Portfolio’s portfolio. By investing in REITs indirectly through the Portfolio, a shareholder will bear not only his proportionate share of the expense of the Portfolio, but also, indirectly, similar expenses of the REITs, including compensation of management. REITs may be leveraged, which increases risk.
Effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 and on or before December 31, 2025, individuals and certain non-corporate entities, such as partnerships, may claim a deduction for 20% of qualified REIT dividends. Regulations allow a regulated investment company to pass the character of its qualified REIT dividends through to its shareholders provided certain holding period requirements are met.
Recent Market Events. During certain periods over the past two decades, the U.S. and global financial markets have experienced depressed valuations, decreased liquidity, unprecedented volatility and heightened uncertainty. These conditions may continue, recur, worsen, or spread. Events that have contributed to these market conditions include, but are not limited to, geopolitical events (including terrorism, sanctions and war); trade wars; infectious disease epidemics and pandemics; natural disasters; measures to address budget deficits; changes in oil and commodity prices; and public sentiment. The U.S. government and the Federal Reserve, as well as certain foreign governments and central banks, have taken numerous steps to support financial markets, including, but not limited to, providing liquidity in fixed income, commercial paper and other markets, implementing stimulus packages and providing tax breaks. The withdrawal or reduction of this support or failure of efforts to respond to a crisis could negatively affect financial markets, as well as the value and liquidity of certain securities. In addition, this support and other government intervention may not work as intended, particularly if the efforts are perceived by investors as being unlikely to achieve the desired results. The current market environment could make identifying and assessing investment risks and opportunities in connection with the management of the Portfolio’s portfolios more challenging.
Recent political and diplomatic events within the United States, such as heightened political polarization, changes in party control, budget disagreements, and debt ceiling threats, may significantly impact investor confidence and financial markets. Additionally, concerns about the U.S. Government’s credit quality or a potential default could lead to increased market volatility, higher interest rates, and reduced liquidity in U.S. Treasury securities, with severe consequences for both the U.S. and global economies. Changes in U.S. policy, such as the implementation of tariffs and other trade-related initiatives, could disrupt global markets, increasing economic and market risks, among others. Trade disputes and retaliatory actions, like embargoes, may reduce company profitability, decrease international trade, and negatively impact global economic growth, with unpredictable duration and extent, potentially causing significant market disruptions and affecting certain industries, global supply chains, inflation, and growth.
In addition, a number of countries have experienced severe economic and financial difficulties. Many non-governmental issuers, and even certain governments, have defaulted on, or been forced to restructure, their debts; many other issuers have faced difficulties obtaining credit or refinancing existing obligations; financial institutions have in many cases required government or central bank support, have needed to raise capital, and/or have been impaired in their ability to extend credit; and many financial markets have experienced extreme volatility and declines in asset values and liquidity. These difficulties may continue, worsen or spread. Responses to the financial problems by governments, central banks and others, including austerity measures and reforms, may not work, may result in social unrest and may limit future growth and economic recovery or have other unintended consequences. Further defaults or restructurings by governments and others of their debt could have additional adverse effects on economies, financial markets, and asset valuations around the world.
28
Europe and U.K. Developments
Investments in European issuers may be affected by political, regulatory and economic developments within the European Union (“EU”), the Eurozone and the United Kingdom (“UK”), and by the high degree of interdependence among European economies and financial institutions. Periods of fiscal strain or banking-sector stress in one member state can transmit to others through trade, funding and confidence channels, affecting liquidity, credit conditions and asset valuations across the region. Eurozone members are subject to common monetary policy administered by the European Central Bank (“ECB”) and to fiscal and budgetary frameworks that may not address country-specific conditions. Policy actions by European authorities may not achieve intended results and can have unforeseen market effects. The UK’s withdrawal from the EU and subsequent UK/EU regulatory divergence continue to create legal, policy and market uncertainties that may affect European and UK issuers, currencies and market liquidity.
European markets are sensitive to changes in interest-rate and currency regimes (including the euro and British pound) and to sanctions, export controls and other geopolitical measures that may alter index composition, investability and trading liquidity (for example, in connection with the Russia-Ukraine conflict discussed below). Certain countries in Central and Eastern Europe remain less developed and can exhibit emergingmarket characteristics, including thinner liquidity, greater political and economic volatility, and more limited corporate disclosure and shareholder protections. European markets may also be affected by terrorist attacks and large-scale migration pressures, which can disrupt economic activity and policy responses and contribute to volatility in currencies, funding markets and risk assets. Market dislocations in Europe can lead to increased volatility, wider bid-ask spreads and valuation uncertainty, and, in stressed environments, some European instruments have experienced negative yields; such conditions could recur and adversely affect the Portfolio’s performance.
Russian Invasion of Ukraine
In late February 2022, Russia launched a large-scale invasion of Ukraine. The extent and duration of Russia’s military actions and the consequences of such actions are impossible to predict, but has resulted in, and may continue to result in, significant market disruptions, including in the commodities markets, and may negatively affect global supply chains, global growth and inflation. In response to Russia’s recent military invasion of Ukraine, the United States, the European Union and other countries have imposed broad-ranging economic sanctions on certain Russian individuals and Russian entities. To the extent covered by the sanctions, the Portfolio is currently restricted from trading in Russian securities, including those in its portfolio. In addition, certain index providers have removed Russian securities from their indices, some of which are designated as benchmarks for certain portfolios.
Accordingly, any portfolio repositioning in light of these changes may result in increased transaction costs and higher tracking error, including as a measure of risk against the Portfolio’s benchmark index or, for index funds, the correlation between the Portfolio’s performance and that of the index it seeks to track. It is unknown when, or if, sanctions may be lifted or the Portfolio’s ability to trade in Russian securities will resume. Even if the Portfolio does not have direct exposure to securities of Russian issuers, the potential for wider conflict in the region or globally may increase volatility and uncertainty in the financial markets. These and any related events could adversely affect the Portfolio’s performance and the value and liquidity of an investment in the Portfolio.
See “Emerging Markets—Russian Securities” above for more information with respect to the risks associated with investing in Russian securities.
Israel-Hamas War and Other Conflicts in the Middle East
The ongoing conflict between Israel and Hamas, which began in October 2023, presents significant risks to the global economy and financial markets. The hostilities have led to increased market volatility, particularly affecting sectors such as oil and natural gas, and have disrupted global supply chains. The unpredictable duration and potential escalation of the conflict pose further risks to regional and global economies.
Geopolitical tensions or armed conflict involving Iran, and any related disruptions in the Persian Gulf or the Strait of Hormuz, could impair crude oil and liquefied natural gas shipping, increase energy price volatility, affect inflation expectations and interest rates, and adversely impact issuers with energy-sensitive input costs or transportation exposures.
Additionally, other Middle Eastern conflicts, including, but not limited to, instability in Lebanon, Syria, Yemen, Iraq and Afghanistan, contribute to broader geopolitical tensions and economic uncertainties. These conflicts have the potential to cause significant market disruptions and affect investor confidence.
Additionally, other Middle Eastern conflicts, including, but not limited to, tensions with Iran and instability in Lebanon, Syria, Yemen, Iraq and Afghanistan, contribute to broader geopolitical tensions and economic uncertainties. These conflicts, along with the Israel-Hamas war, have the potential to cause significant market disruptions and affect investor confidence.
Infectious Illness
The impact of infectious diseases in developing or emerging market countries may be greater due to less established health care systems. Health crises caused by infectious illnesses may exacerbate other pre-existing political, social and economic risks in certain countries, and the impact of an outbreak may last for a prolonged period of time.
Notwithstanding business continuity planning and other controls that are designed to mitigate operational risks related to significant business disruptions, there is no guarantee that epidemics or pandemics will not disrupt the operations of the Portfolio and its service providers. These disruptions could adversely affect the Portfolio and its shareholders.
29
Whether or not the Portfolio invests in securities of issuers located in or with significant exposure to countries experiencing economic, political, financial and/or social difficulties, these events could negatively affect the value and liquidity of the Portfolio’s investments.
Restricted Securities. Securities that have not been registered under the Securities Act are referred to as “private placements” or “restricted securities” and are purchased directly from the issuer or in the secondary market. Mutual funds do not typically hold a significant amount of these restricted securities because of the potential for delays on resale and uncertainty in valuation. Limitations on resale may have an adverse effect on the marketability of portfolio securities and a mutual fund might be unable to dispose of restricted securities promptly or at reasonable prices and might thereby experience difficulty satisfying redemptions within seven days. A mutual fund might also have to register such restricted securities in order to dispose of them, resulting in additional expense and delay. There will generally be a lapse of time between a mutual fund’s decision to sell an unregistered security and the registration of such security promoting the sale. Adverse market conditions could impede a public offering of such securities. When purchasing unregistered securities, the Portfolio will generally seek to obtain the right of registration at the expense of the issuer (except in the case of Rule 144A securities, discussed below).
A large institutional market has developed for certain securities that are not registered under the Securities Act, including repurchase agreements, commercial paper, foreign securities, municipal securities and corporate bonds and notes. Institutional investors depend on an efficient institutional market in which the unregistered security can be readily resold or on an issuer’s ability to honor a demand for repayment. The fact that there are contractual or legal restrictions on resale to the general public or to certain institutions may not be indicative of the liquidity of such investments.
Commercial paper issues in which a Portfolio’s net assets may be invested include securities issued by major corporations without registration under the Securities Act in reliance on the exemption from such registration afforded by Section 3(a)(3) thereof, and commercial paper issued in reliance on the so-called private placement exemption from registration afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act (“Section 4(a)(2) paper”). Section 4(a)(2) paper is restricted as to disposition under the federal securities laws in that any resale must similarly be made in an exempt transaction. Section 4(a)(2) paper is normally resold to other institutional investors through or with the assistance of investment dealers who make a market in Section 4(a)(2) paper, thus providing liquidity. Section 4(a)(2) paper issued by a company that files reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, is generally eligible to be sold in reliance on the safe harbor of Rule 144A described above.
Reverse Repurchase Agreements. Reverse repurchase agreements may be entered into with brokers, dealers, domestic and foreign banks or other financial institutions that have been determined by the Adviser or the Subadviser to be creditworthy. In a reverse repurchase agreement, the Portfolio sells a security and agrees to repurchase it at a mutually agreed upon date and price, reflecting the interest rate effective for the term of the agreement. It may also be viewed as the borrowing of money by the Portfolio. The Portfolio’s investment of the proceeds of a reverse repurchase agreement is the speculative factor known as leverage. The Portfolio will enter into a reverse repurchase agreement only if the interest income from investment of the proceeds is expected to be greater than the interest expense of the transaction and the proceeds are invested for a period no longer than the term of the agreement. In the event that the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase agreement files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, the buyer or its trustee or receiver may receive an extension of time to determine whether to enforce the Portfolio’s repurchase obligation, and the Portfolio’s use of proceeds of the agreement may effectively be restricted pending such decision.
Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act permits the Portfolio to enter into reverse repurchase agreements and similar financing transactions notwithstanding the limitation on the issuance of senior securities in Section 18 of the 1940 Act, provided the Portfolio either complies with the 300% asset coverage ratio with respect to such transactions and any other borrowings in the aggregate or treats such transactions as derivatives transactions under Rule 18f-4. See “Derivatives” above and “Investment Restrictions” below.
Roll Transactions. Roll transactions involve the sale of mortgage or other asset-backed securities (“roll securities”) with the commitment to purchase substantially similar (same type, coupon and maturity) securities on a specified future date. During the roll period, the Portfolio forgoes principal and interest paid on the roll securities. The Portfolio is compensated by the difference between the current sales price and the lower forward price for the future purchase (often referred to as the “drop”) as well as by the interest earned on the cash proceeds of the initial sale. The Portfolio also could be compensated through the receipt of fee income equivalent to a lower forward price. A “covered roll” is
30
a specific type of dollar roll for which there is an offsetting cash position or a cash equivalent security position that matures on or before the forward settlement date of the dollar roll transaction. The Portfolio will enter only into covered rolls. Because roll transactions involve both the sale and purchase of a security, they may cause the reported portfolio turnover rate to be higher than that reflecting typical portfolio management activities.
Roll transactions involve certain risks, including the following: if the broker-dealer to whom the Portfolio sells the security becomes insolvent, the Portfolio’s right to purchase or repurchase the security subject to the dollar roll may be restricted and the instrument that the Portfolio is required to repurchase may be worth less than an instrument that the Portfolio originally held. Successful use of roll transactions will depend upon the Adviser’s or Subadviser’s ability to predict correctly interest rates and, in the case of mortgage dollar rolls, mortgage prepayments. For these reasons, there is no assurance that dollar rolls can be successfully employed.
Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act permits a Portfolio to enter into when-issued or forward-settling securities, such as roll transactions, and non-standard settlement cycles securities notwithstanding the limitation on the issuance of senior securities in Section 18 of the 1940 Act, provided such transactions meet certain Rule 18f-4 requirements. See “Derivatives” above and “Investment Restrictions” below
Sector Risk. Companies with similar characteristics may be grouped together in broad categories called sectors. Sector risk is the possibility that a certain sector may underperform other sectors or the market as a whole. As the Portfolio allocates more of its portfolio holdings to a particular sector, the Portfolio’s performance will be more susceptible to any economic, business or other developments that generally affect that sector.
Securities Lending. Consistent with applicable regulatory requirements, the Portfolio may lend portfolio securities in amounts up to 331/3% of total assets to brokers, dealers and other financial institutions, provided that such loans are callable at any time by the Portfolio and are at all times secured by cash, U.S. government securities or certain bank letters of credit. In lending its portfolio securities, the Portfolio receives income while retaining the securities’ potential for capital appreciation. The advantage of such loans is that the Portfolio continues to receive the interest and dividends on the loaned securities while at the same time earning interest on the collateral, which, in the case of cash collateral, will be invested in short-term highly liquid obligations. The market value of loaned securities is monitored daily and the borrower is required to deposit additional collateral whenever the market value of the loaned securities rises or the value of the non-cash collateral declines. A borrower is not required to deposit additional collateral if a loan becomes under-collateralized as a result of declines in the market value of securities in which the cash collateral is invested. A loan may be terminated by the borrower on one business day’s notice or by the Portfolio at any time. As with any extensions of credit, there are risks of delay in recovery and in some cases even loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower of the securities fail financially. However, these loans of portfolio securities will be made only to firms deemed by the Adviser to be creditworthy. On termination of the loan, the borrower is required to return the securities to the Portfolio, and any gain or loss in the market price of the loaned security during the loan would inure to the Portfolio. The Portfolio may also suffer losses if the value of the securities in which cash collateral is invested declines. In addition to the fees paid to the lending agent, the Portfolio may pay reasonable finders’, administrative and custodial fees in connection with a loan of its securities.
Since voting or consent rights that accompany loaned securities pass to the borrower, the Portfolio will follow the policy of calling the loan, in whole or in part as may be appropriate, to permit the exercise of such rights if the Adviser determines that the matters involved would have a material effect on the Portfolio’s investment in the securities that are the subject of the loan and that it is feasible to recall the loan on a timely basis.
The Portfolio may lend securities; however, at the present time it does not engage in securities lending.
Short Sales. Short sales in equity securities are effected by selling a security that the Portfolio does not own but which it borrows. To complete a short sale, the Portfolio must: (1) borrow the security to deliver it to the purchaser and (2) buy that same security in the market to return it to the lender. When the Portfolio makes a short sale, the proceeds it receives from the sale will be held on behalf of a broker until the Portfolio replaces the borrowed securities. The Portfolio may have to pay a premium to borrow the securities and must pay any dividends or interest payable on the securities until they are replaced.
31
Short sales by the Portfolio involve certain risks and special considerations. Possible losses from short sales differ from losses that could be incurred from a purchase of a security, because losses from short sales may be unlimited, whereas losses from purchases can equal only the total amount invested.
Short sales in debt securities are generally effected through reverse repurchase transactions. Under a reverse repurchase transaction, the Portfolio would sell a bond to a counterparty for cash and an agreement to resell the bond to the Portfolio at an agreed price. Reverse repurchase transactions subject the Portfolio to substantially the same risks as short sales of equity securities.
The Portfolio may engage in short sales “against the box.” A short sale is “against the box” to the extent that the Portfolio contemporaneously owns, or has the right to obtain without payment, securities identical to those sold short. A short sale against the box of an “appreciated financial position” (e.g., appreciated stock) is generally treated as a sale by the Portfolio for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The Portfolio will generally recognize any gain (but not loss) for U.S. federal income tax purposes at the time that it makes a short sale against the box. The Portfolio may not enter into a short sale against the box, if, as a result, more than 25% of its total assets would be subject to such short sales.
The Derivatives Rule treats short sales of securities as derivatives and subjects such transactions to the VaR limits, unless the Portfolio entering into such transactions is a Limited Derivatives User. In addition, the Derivatives Rule treats certain securities lending transactions entered into by the Portfolio to facilitate short sales, fails or similar transactions by third parties as transactions that are similar to reverse repurchase transactions and as senior securities, as described in Section 18 of the 1940 Act. Rule 18f-4 limits the ability of the Portfolio to enter into short selling transactions and may limit its ability to lend portfolio securities, unless the collateral for such transactions was limited to cash and cash equivalents.
Short-Term Investments. The Portfolio may invest in short-term investments. Short-term investments, including both U.S. and non-U.S. dollar denominated money market instruments, are invested in for reasons that may include (a) liquidity purposes (to meet redemptions and expenses); (b) to generate a return on idle cash held by the Portfolio during periods when the Adviser or a Subadviser is unable to locate favorable investment opportunities; or (c) temporary defensive purposes. Common short-term investments include, but are not limited to:
Money Market Securities. Money market securities may include securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities, repurchase agreements, commercial paper, bankers’ acceptances, time deposits and certificates of deposit.
Commercial Bank Obligations. Commercial bank obligations are certificates of deposit (“CDs”) (interest-bearing time deposits issued by domestic banks, foreign branches of domestic banks, U.S. branches of foreign banks and non-U.S. branches of foreign banks), bankers’ acceptances (time drafts drawn on a commercial bank where the bank accepts an irrevocable obligation to pay at maturity) and documented discount notes (corporate promissory discount notes accompanied by a commercial bank guarantee to pay at maturity) representing direct or contingent obligations of commercial banks. CDs are securities that represent deposits in a depository institution for a specified rate of interest and normally are negotiable. CDs issued by a foreign branch (usually London) of a U.S. domestic bank or by a non-U.S. branch of a foreign bank are known as Eurodollar CDs. Although certain risks may be associated with Eurodollar CDs that are not associated with CDs issued in the U.S. by domestic banks, the credit risks of these obligations are similar because banks generally are liable for the obligations of their branches. CDs issued through U.S. branches of foreign banks are known as Yankee CDs. These branches are subject to federal or state banking regulations. The secondary markets for Eurodollar and Yankee CDs may be less liquid than the market for CDs issued by domestic branches of U.S. banks.
Savings Association Obligations. Savings Association Obligations are CDs issued by mutual savings banks or savings and loan associations with assets in excess of $1 billion and whose deposits are insured by the FDIC.
Commercial Paper. Short-term notes (up to 397 days) issued by domestic and foreign corporations or governmental bodies, including variable amount master demand notes and floating rate or variable rate notes.
32
Extendible Commercial Notes (“ECNs”). ECNs are very similar to commercial paper except that with ECNs the issuer has the option to extend maturity to 390 days. ECNs are issued at a discount rate with an initial redemption of not more than 90 days from the date of issue. The issuer of an ECN has the option to extend maturity to 390 days. If ECNs are not redeemed by the issuer on the initial redemption date the issuer will pay a premium (step-up) rate based on the ECNs’ credit rating at the time.
Variable Amount Master Demand Notes. Variable amount master demand notes permit the Portfolio to invest varying amounts at fluctuating rates of interest pursuant to the agreement in the master note. These are direct lending obligations between the lender and borrower, they are generally not traded, and there is no secondary market for such obligations. Such instruments are payable with accrued interest in whole or in part on demand. The amounts of the instruments are subject to daily fluctuations as the participants increase or decrease the extent of their participation. In connection with variable amount master demand note arrangements, the Adviser or the Subadviser, subject to the direction of the Trustees, monitors on an ongoing basis the earning power, cash flow and other liquidity ratios of the borrower, and its ability to pay principal and interest on demand. The Adviser or the Subadviser also considers the extent to which the variable amount master demand notes are backed by bank letters of credit. These notes generally are not rated by NRSROs and the Portfolio may invest in them only if it is determined that at the time of investment the notes are of comparable quality to the other commercial paper in which the Portfolio may invest. Variable amount master demand notes are considered to have a maturity equal to the repayment notice period unless the Adviser/Subadviser has reason to believe that the borrower could not make timely repayment upon demand.
Corporate Bonds and Notes. The Portfolio may purchase corporate obligations that mature or that may be redeemed in 397 days or less. These obligations originally may have been issued with maturities in excess of such period.
U.S. Government Securities. Debt securities maturing generally within 397 days of the date of purchase and include adjustable-rate mortgage securities backed by Government National Mortgage Association, Federal National Mortgage Association, Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation and other non-agency issuers. Although certain floating or variable rate obligations (securities whose coupon rate changes at least annually and generally more frequently) have maturities in excess of one year, they are also considered short-term debt securities.
Repurchase Agreements. The Portfolio will enter into repurchase agreements involving only securities in which it could otherwise invest, and with selected banks and securities dealers whose financial condition is monitored by the Adviser or the Subadviser, subject to the guidance of the Board. In such agreements, the seller agrees to repurchase the security at a mutually agreed-upon time and price. The period of maturity is usually quite short, either overnight or a few days, although it may extend over a number of months. The repurchase price is in excess of the purchase price by an amount that reflects an agreed-upon rate of return effective for the period of time the Portfolio’s money is invested in the security. Whenever the Portfolio enters into a repurchase agreement, it obtains appropriate collateral. The instruments held as collateral are valued daily and if the value of the instruments declines, the Portfolio will require additional collateral. If the seller under the repurchase agreement defaults, the Portfolio may incur a loss if the value of the collateral securing the repurchase agreement has declined, and may incur disposition costs in connection with liquidating the collateral. In addition, if bankruptcy proceedings are commenced with respect to the seller of the security, realization of the collateral by the Portfolio may be delayed or limited.
Special Purpose Acquisition Companies. The Portfolio may invest in stock, warrants, and other securities of special purpose acquisition companies (“SPACs”) or similar special purpose entities that pool funds to seek potential acquisition opportunities. A SPAC is typically a publicly traded company that raises funds through an IPO for the purpose of acquiring or merging with another company to be identified subsequent to the SPAC’s IPO. The securities of a SPAC are often issued in “units” that include one share of common stock and one right or warrant (or partial right or warrant) conveying the right to purchase additional shares or partial shares. Unless and until a transaction is completed, a SPAC generally invests its assets (less a portion retained to cover expenses) in U.S. government securities, money market funds and similar investments. If an acquisition or merger that meets the requirements for the SPAC is not completed within a pre-established period of time, the invested funds are returned to the SPAC’s shareholders, less certain permitted expenses, and any rights or warrants issued by the SPAC will expire worthless.
Because SPACs and similar entities are in essence blank check companies without operating history or ongoing business other than seeking acquisitions, the value of their securities is particularly dependent on the ability of the entity’s management to identify and complete a profitable acquisition. An investment in a SPAC is subject to a variety of risks, including that (i) a portion of the monies raised by the SPAC for the purpose of effecting an acquisition or merger may be expended prior to the transaction for payment of taxes and other expenses; (ii) prior to any acquisition
33
or merger, a SPAC’s assets are typically invested in U.S. government securities, money market funds and similar investments whose returns or yields may be significantly lower than those of the Portfolio’s other investments; (iii) the Portfolio generally will not receive significant income from its investments in SPACs (both prior to and after any acquisition or merger) and, therefore, the Portfolio’s investments in SPACs will not significantly contribute to the Portfolio’s distributions to shareholders; (iv) attractive acquisition or merger targets may become scarce if the number of SPACs seeking to acquire operating businesses increases; (v) an attractive acquisition or merger target may not be identified at all, in which case the SPAC will be required to return any remaining monies to shareholders; (vi) if an acquisition or merger target is identified, the Portfolio may elect not to participate in, or vote to approve, the proposed transaction or the Portfolio may be required to divest its interests in the SPAC, due to regulatory or other considerations, in which case the Portfolio may not reap any resulting benefits; (vii) the warrants or other rights with respect to the SPAC held by the Portfolio may expire worthless or may be redeemed by the SPAC at an unfavorable price; (viii) any proposed merger or acquisition may be unable to obtain the requisite approval, if any, of SPAC shareholders and/or antitrust and securities regulators; (ix) under any circumstances in which the Portfolio receives a refund of all or a portion of its original investment (which typically represents a pro rata share of the proceeds of the SPAC’s assets, less any applicable taxes), the returns on that investment may be negligible, and the Portfolio may be subject to opportunity costs to the extent that alternative investments would have produced higher returns; (x) to the extent an acquisition or merger is announced or completed, shareholders who redeem their shares prior to that time may not reap any resulting benefits; (xi) the Portfolio may be delayed in receiving any redemption or liquidation proceeds from a SPAC to which it is entitled; (xii) an acquisition or merger once effected may prove unsuccessful and an investment in the SPAC may lose value; (xiii) an investment in a SPAC may be diluted by additional later offerings of interests in the SPAC or by other investors exercising existing rights to purchase shares of the SPAC; (xiv) only a thinly traded market for shares of or interests in a SPAC may develop, or there may be no market at all, leaving the Portfolio unable to sell its interest in a SPAC or to sell its interest only at a price below what the Portfolio believes is the SPAC interest’s intrinsic value; and (xv) the values of investments in SPACs may be highly volatile and may depreciate significantly over time.
In addition, from time to time, the Portfolio may serve as an “anchor” investor by purchasing a significant portion of the units offered in a SPAC’s IPO. The Portfolio may also purchase private warrants from a SPAC and/or enter into a forward purchase agreement or similar arrangement through which the Portfolio makes a non-binding commitment to purchase additional units of the SPAC in the future. In exchange, the Portfolio receives certain private rights and other interests issued by a SPAC (commonly referred to as “founder shares”). Founder shares are generally subject to all of the risks described above (including the risk that the founder shares will expire worthless to the extent an acquisition or merger is not completed). Founder shares are also subject to restrictions on transferability, which significantly reduces their liquidity. In addition, the Portfolio may be required to forfeit all or a portion of any founder shares it holds, including, for example, (i) if the Portfolio does not purchase additional units of the SPAC pursuant to the terms of any forward purchase agreement it enters into, (ii) if the Portfolio sells shares that it purchased in the IPO prior to the SPAC effecting a merger or acquisition or (iii) if the SPAC’s sponsor forfeits its founders shares to effect a merger or acquisition.
Special Situations. As described in the Prospectus, the Portfolio may invest in “special situations.” A special situation arises when, in the opinion of a Subadviser, the securities of a particular issuer will be recognized and appreciate in value due to a specific development with respect to that issuer. Developments creating a special situation might include, among others, a new product or process, a technological breakthrough, a management change or other extraordinary corporate event, or differences in market supply of and demand for the security. Investments in special situations may carry an additional risk of loss in the event that the anticipated development does not occur or does not attract the expected attention.
In addition, the Portfolio may invest in securities and other instruments that do not presently exist but may be developed in the future, provided that each such investment is consistent with the Portfolio’s investment objectives, policies and restrictions and is otherwise legally permissible under federal and state laws.
Standby Commitments. Standby commitment agreements are similar to put options that commit the Portfolio, for a stated period of time, to purchase a stated amount of a security that may be issued and sold to the Portfolio at the option of the issuer. The price of the security is fixed at the time of the commitment. At the time of entering into the agreement, the Portfolio is paid a commitment fee, regardless of whether the security ultimately is issued. The Portfolio may enter into standby commitment agreements to enhance the liquidity of portfolio securities, but only
34
when the issuers of the commitment agreements present minimal risk of default. Ordinarily, the Portfolio may not transfer a standby commitment to a third party, although it could sell the underlying security to a third party at any time. A Portfolio may purchase standby commitments separate from or in conjunction with the purchase of securities subject to such commitments. In the latter case, the Portfolio would pay a higher price for the securities acquired, thus reducing their yield to maturity. Standby commitments will not affect the dollar-weighted average maturity of the Portfolio, or the valuation of the securities underlying the commitments. Issuers or financial intermediaries may obtain letters of credit or other guarantees to support their ability to buy securities on demand. The Adviser or a Subadviser may rely upon its evaluation of a bank’s credit in determining whether to support an instrument supported by a letter of credit. Standby commitments are subject to certain risks, including: the ability of issuers of standby commitments to pay for securities at the time the commitments are exercised; the fact that standby commitments are not marketable by the Portfolio; and the possibility that the maturities of the underlying securities may be different from those of the commitments.
Swaps. The Portfolio may enter into credit default, currency, inflation, interest rate, equity, mortgage and/or total return swap contracts. Generally, a swap contract is a privately negotiated agreement between the Portfolio and a counterparty to exchange or swap investment cash flows, assets, foreign currencies or market-linked returns at specified, future intervals. As a result of regulation implemented pursuant to Title VII of Dodd-Frank, these transactions are characterized as “swaps” and “security-based swaps.” Swaps are regulated by the CFTC and include swaps referencing any commodity, broad-based index (including indices of credit default swaps), treasury securities, and currency. Security-based swaps are treated as securities for purposes of the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, are regulated by the SEC, and include swaps on single securities (other than treasury securities), baskets of securities and narrow indices of securities, single name credit default swaps and narrow indices of credit default swaps, and loans.
Swaps and security-based swaps are often traded in the OTC market but, in some cases, as a result of CFTC regulations implementing provisions in Title VII of Dodd-Frank, certain interest rate swaps and swaps on broad-based indices of credit default swaps must be traded on a swap execution facility and cleared through a CFTC-regulated clearinghouse. OTC swap contracts are typically marked-to-market daily based upon quotations from market makers or are calculated using standard models and current market data. Although some swaps are reset daily, for many swaps any change in market value is recorded as an unrealized gain or loss and the Portfolio and counterparty would not exchange such gains or losses until a predetermined quarterly or other periodic reset date. In connection with these contracts, specified types of securities and cash are required to be posted daily as variation margin for all swaps and for those security-based swaps traded in the OTC market with swap dealers regulated by the Prudential Regulators. Initial margin is currently required to be posted by the Portfolios for swaps.
The SEC has adopted margin requirements for security-based swaps which went effective October 2021.
Under internal policies, the Portfolio will not enter into any mortgage swap, interest-rate swap, cap or floor transaction unless the unsecured commercial paper, senior debt, or the claims paying ability of the other party thereto is rated either AA or A-1 or better by S&P or Aa or P-1 or better by Moody’s, or is determined to be of equivalent quality by the applicable Subadviser.
Credit Default Swap Agreements. The Portfolio may enter into credit default swap agreements (“credit default swaps”) for various purposes, including managing credit risk (i.e., hedging), enhancing returns, obtaining synthetic long or short exposure to fixed income instruments through a more liquid investment vehicle or speculation.
Credit default swaps are bilateral contracts in which one party makes periodic fixed-rate payments or a one-time premium payment (referred to as the buyer of protection) to another party (the seller of protection) in exchange for the right to receive a specified payment in the event of a default or other credit event occurring with respect to a referenced issuer, obligation or index. As a seller of protection on a credit default swap, the Portfolio will generally receive from the buyer of protection a fixed rate of income throughout the term of the swap unless or until there is a credit event with respect to the referenced issuer, obligation or index. As the seller, the Portfolio would agree to pay to the buyer a cash amount reflecting the value of the referenced issuer, obligation or index upon the occurrence of a credit event affecting such issuer, obligation or index, in exchange for a stream of fixed rate payments or a specified single payment. Although credit default swaps were historically settled physically through delivery of specified securities, they are now generally cash settled in an amount established by an auction process operated by ISDA.
35
Credit default swaps on a single instrument or issuer are treated as security-based swaps and regulated by the SEC. Referenced instruments may include any type of fixed income security, including sovereign securities, corporate securities and asset-backed securities.
Credit default swaps on credit indices are bilateral contracts in which the buyer of protection makes periodic fixed-rate payments or a one-time premium payment to the seller of protection in exchange for the right to receive a specified payment in the event of a write- down, principal shortfall, interest shortfall or default of all or part of the referenced entities comprising the credit index. A credit index is a list of a basket of credit instruments or exposures designed to be representative of some part of the credit market as a whole. These indices are made up of reference credits that are judged by a poll of dealers to be the most liquid entities in the credit default swap market based on the sector of the index. Components of the indices may include, but are not limited to, investment grade securities, high yield securities, asset-backed securities, emerging markets, and/or various credit ratings within each sector. Credit indices are traded using credit default swaps with standardized terms including a fixed spread and standard maturity dates. Credit indices are typically broad-based indices and, as a result, these swaps are treated as swaps subject to CFTC regulation. An index credit default swap references all the names in the index, and if there is a default, the credit event is settled based on that name’s weight in the index. The composition of the indices changes periodically, usually every six months, and for most indices each name has an equal weight in the index. The Portfolio may use credit default swaps on credit indices to hedge a portfolio of credit default swaps or bonds which is less expensive than it would be to enter into many credit default swaps to achieve a similar effect. Credit-default swaps on indices are used for protecting investors owning bonds against default, and also to speculate on changes in credit quality.
Credit default swap agreements on credit indices (“CDXs”) are indices of credit default swaps designed to track segments of the credit default swap market and provide investors with exposure to specific reference baskets of issuers of bonds or loans. The CDX reference baskets are priced daily and rebalanced every six months in conjunction with leading market makers in the credit industry. While investing in CDXs will increase the universe of bonds and loans to which the Portfolio is exposed, such investments entail risks that are not typically associated with investments in other debt instruments. The liquidity of the market for CDXs will be subject to liquidity in the secured loan and credit derivatives markets. CDXs are regulated as swaps by the CFTC.
Implied credit spreads, represented in absolute terms, utilized in determining the market value of credit default swaps on corporate issues or sovereign issues of an emerging country as of period end, serve as an indicator of the current status of the payment/performance risk and represent the likelihood or risk of default for the credit derivative. The implied credit spread of a particular referenced entity reflects the cost of buying/selling protection and may include upfront payments required to be made to enter into the agreement. For credit default swaps on asset-based securities and credit indices, the quoted market prices and resulting values serve as the indicator of the current status of the payment/performance risk. Wider credit spreads and increasing market values, in absolute terms when compared to the notional amount of the swap, represent a deterioration of the referenced entity’s credit soundness and a greater likelihood or risk of default or other credit event occurring as defined under the terms of the agreement.
The maximum potential amount of future payments (undiscounted) that the Portfolio as a seller of protection could be required to make under a credit default swap would be an amount equal to the notional amount of the agreement, valued based on an auction process. Notional amounts of credit default swaps are partially offset by upfront payments received upon entering into the agreement, or net amounts received from the settlement of protection credit default swaps entered into by the Portfolio for the same referenced entity or entities.
Cross-Currency Swaps. A cross-currency swap is an interest rate swap agreement where the two instruments are denominated in two different currencies. Each agreement comprises both long and short exposures based on the reference legs of the swap. Cross-currency swaps are always long one currency and short another (non-base) currency simultaneously. These instruments are generally considered to be swaps regulated by the CFTC.
Currency Swaps. Currency swaps involve two parties exchanging two different currencies with an agreement to reverse the exchange at a later date at specified exchange rates. The exchange of currencies at the inception date of the contract takes place at the current spot rate. The re-exchange at maturity may take place at the same exchange rate, a specified rate, or the then current spot rate. Interest payments, if applicable, are made between the parties based on interest rates available in the two currencies at the inception of the contract. The terms of currency swap contracts may extend for many years. Currency swaps are usually negotiated with commercial and investment banks. Some currency
36
swaps may not provide for exchanging principal cash flows, but only for exchanging interest cash flows. These instruments generally are considered to be swaps regulated by the CFTC.
Equity Swaps Agreements. The Portfolio may enter into equity swap agreements (“equity swaps”) for various purposes, including to hedge exposure to market risk or to gain exposure to a security, basket or narrow-based index (e.g., generally nine or fewer securities). Equity swaps, a type of total return swap, are security-based swaps that are securities, regulated by the SEC that are typically entered into for the purpose of investing in a security, basket or narrow-based index without owning or taking physical custody of securities. Counterparties to the Portfolio on equity swaps on single name securities, baskets or narrow-based indices are required to be registered as security-based swap dealers.
An equity swap on a broad based index is a swap that is regulated by the CFTC. As is required with respect to dealers in all swaps, counterparties doing business as a dealer must be registered with the CFTC as a swaps dealer or satisfy the de minimis exception from such registration.
Equity swaps may be structured in different ways. The counterparty will generally agree to pay the Portfolio the amount, if any, by which the notional amount of the equity swap contract would have increased in value had it been invested in particular stocks (or an index of stocks), plus the dividends that would have been received on those stocks. In these cases, the Portfolio may agree to pay to the counterparty a floating rate of interest on the notional amount of the equity swap contract plus the amount, if any, by which that notional amount would have decreased in value had it been invested in such stocks. Therefore, the return to the Portfolio on any equity swap should be the gain or loss on the notional amount plus dividends on the stocks less the interest paid by the Portfolio on the notional amount. In other cases, the counterparty and the Portfolio may agree to pay the other the difference between the relative investment performances that would have been achieved if the notional amount of the equity swap contract had been invested in different stocks (or indices of stocks).
The Portfolio will generally enter into equity swaps only on a net basis, which means that the two payment streams are netted out, with the Portfolio receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. Payments may be made at the conclusion of an equity swap contract or periodically during its term. Equity swaps normally do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to equity swaps is normally limited to the net amount of payments that the Portfolio is contractually obligated to make. If the other party to an equity swap defaults, the Portfolio’s risk of loss consists of the net amount of payment that the Portfolio is contractually entitled to receive, if any. The Portfolio currently is required to post variation margin to and collect variation margin from counterparties to equity swaps that are CFTC regulated or entered into with a swap dealer subject to regulation by the Prudential Regulators. In addition, securities-based swaps that are equity swaps and that are entered into with non-bank counterparties are subject to posting and collection of variation margin. Equity swaps are also subject to initial margining requirements.
Index swaps. Index swaps involve the exchange of value based on changes in an index, such as the Consumer Price Index (“CPI”), that could provide inflation protection or provide a hedge to such inflation-indexed securities.
Inflation Swaps. Inflation swap agreements are contracts, regulated as swaps by the CFTC, in which one party agrees to pay the cumulative percentage increase in a price index, such as the CPI, over the term of the swap (with some lag on the referenced inflation index), and the other pays a compounded fixed rate. Inflation swap agreements may be used to protect NAV of the Portfolio against an unexpected change in the rate of inflation measured by an inflation index. Inflation swap agreements entail the risk that a party will default on its payment obligations to the Portfolio thereunder. The Portfolio will enter into inflation swaps on a net basis (i.e., the two payment streams are netted out at maturity with the Portfolio receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments).
The value of inflation swap agreements are expected to change in response to changes in real interest rates. Real interest rates are tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation. If nominal interest rates increase at a faster rate than inflation, real interest rates may rise, leading to a decrease in value of an inflation swap agreement. Additionally, payments received by the Portfolio from swap transactions, such as inflation swap agreements and other types of swaps discussed below, will result in taxable income, either as ordinary income or capital gains, rather than tax-exempt income, which will increase the amount of taxable distributions received by shareholders.
37
Interest Rate Caps, Collars and Floors. The Portfolio may invest in interest rate caps, collars and floors. These transactions are regulated by the CFTC as swaps. Generally, entering into interest rate caps, collars and floors is often done to protect against interest rate fluctuations and hedge against fluctuations in the fixed income market. The purchase of an interest-rate cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined interest rate, to receive payment of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling such interest-rate cap. The purchase of an interest-rate floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined interest rate, to receive payments of interest on a notional principal amount from the party selling such interest rate floor. An interest-rate collar is the combination of a cap and a floor that preserves a certain return within a predetermined range of interest rates. Since interest rate caps, floors and collars are individually negotiated, the Portfolio expects to achieve an acceptable degree of correlation between its portfolio investments and its swap, cap, floor and collar positions.
Interest Rate Swap Agreements. The Portfolio may enter into interest rate swap agreements (“interest rate swaps”) for various purposes, including managing exposure to fluctuations in interest rates or for speculation. Interest rate swaps are CFTC regulated swaps and involve the exchange by the Portfolio with another party of their respective commitments to pay or receive interest with respect to the notional amount of principal. The Portfolio will enter into interest rate swaps only on a net basis, which means that the two payment streams are netted out, with the Portfolio receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. Interest rate swaps do not involve the delivery of securities, other underlying assets or principal. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to interest rate swaps is limited to the net amount of interest payments that the Portfolio is contractually obligated to make. If the other party to an interest rate swap defaults, the Portfolio’s risk of loss consists of the net discounted amount of interest payments that the Portfolio is contractually entitled to receive, if any. Certain interest rate swaps are required to be traded on a swap execution facility and centrally cleared.
Mortgage Swaps. A specific type of interest rate swap in which the Portfolio may invest is a mortgage swap. Mortgage swaps are regulated by the CFTC as swaps and are similar to interest-rate swaps in that they represent commitments to pay and receive interest. In a mortgage swap, cash flows based on a group of mortgage pools are exchanged for cash flows based on a floating interest rate. The return on a mortgage swap is affected by changes in interest rates, which affect the prepayment rate of the underlying mortgages upon which the mortgage swap is based.
Options on Swaps. The Portfolio may enter into swaptions. A swaption is an option to enter into a swap agreement. Like other types of options, the buyer of a Swaption pays a non-refundable premium for the option and obtains the right, but not the obligation, to enter into an underlying swap on agreed-upon terms. The seller of a Swaption, in exchange for the premium, becomes obligated (if the option is exercised) to enter into an underlying swap on agreed-upon terms. Swaptions are regulated by the CFTC as swaps.
Total Return Swaps. Total return swaps are contracts that obligate a party to pay or receive interest in exchange for the payment by the other party of the total return generated by a security, a basket of securities, an index or an index component. To the extent the total return of the security or index underlying the transaction exceeds or falls short of the offsetting interest rate obligation, the Portfolio will receive a payment from or make a payment to the counterparty. Total return swap agreements on commodities are regulated by the CFTC as swaps and involve commitments where cash flows are exchanged based on the price of a commodity and based on a fixed or variable rate. One party would receive payments based on the market value of the commodity involved and pay a fixed amount. Total return swap agreements on indices involve commitments to pay interest in exchange for a market-linked return. One counterparty pays out the total return of a specific reference asset, which may be an equity, index, or bond, and in return receives a regular stream of payments. To the extent the total return of the security or index underlying the transaction exceeds or falls short of the offsetting interest rate obligation, the Portfolio will receive a payment from or make a payment to the counterparty.
Risks of Entering into Swap Agreements: Risks to the Portfolio of entering into swap agreements include credit risk, market risk, counterparty risk, liquidity risk and documentation risk. By entering into swap agreements, the Portfolio may be exposed to risk of potential loss due to unfavorable changes in interest rates, the price of the underlying security or index, or the underlying referenced asset’s perceived or actual credit, that the counterparty may default on its obligation to perform, the possibility that there is no liquid market for these agreements and the possibility that swaps entered into as hedging transactions will not effectively hedge the risk sought to be hedged. There is also the risk that the parties may disagree as to the meaning of contractual terms in the swap agreement. In addition, to the extent that the Subadviser does not accurately analyze and predict the underlying economic factors influencing the value of the swap, the Portfolio may suffer a loss.
38
Regulations enacted by the CFTC under Dodd-Frank require the Portfolio to clear certain interest rate and credit default index swaps through a clearinghouse or central counterparty (a “CCP”). To clear a swap with the CCP, the Portfolio will submit the swap to, and post collateral with a futures broker that is a clearinghouse member. The Portfolio may enter into the swap with a swap dealer other than the futures broker (the “Executing Dealer”) and arrange for the swap to be transferred to the futures broker for clearing. It may also enter into the swap with the futures broker itself. The CCP, the futures broker and the Executing Dealer are all subject to regulatory oversight by the CFTC. A default or failure by a CCP or a futures broker, or the failure of a swap to be transferred from an Executing Dealer to the futures broker for clearing, may expose the Portfolio to losses, increase its costs, or prevent the Portfolio from entering or exiting swap positions, accessing collateral, or fully implementing its investment strategies.
Unseasoned Companies. Unseasoned companies are companies that have operated less than three years. The securities of such companies may have limited liquidity, which can result in their being priced higher or lower than might be otherwise be the case. In addition, investments in unseasoned companies are more speculative and entail greater risk than do investments in companies with an established operating record.
U.S. Treasury Inflation Protection Securities. U.S. Treasury inflation protection securities are issued by the Treasury with a nominal return linked to the inflation rate in prices. The index used to measure inflation is the non-seasonally adjusted U.S. City Average All Items Consumer Price Index for All Urban Consumers (“CPI-U”). The value of the principal is adjusted for inflation, and the securities pay interest every six months. The interest payment is equal to a fixed percentage of the inflation-adjusted value of the principal. The final payment of principal of the security will not be less than the original par amount of the security at issuance. The principal of the inflation-protection security is indexed to the non-seasonally adjusted CPI-U. To calculate the inflation-adjusted principal value for a particular valuation date, the value of the principal at issuance is multiplied by the index ratio applicable to that valuation date. The index ratio for any date is the ratio of the reference CPI applicable to such date to the reference CPI applicable to the original issue date. Semi-annual coupon interest is determined by multiplying the inflation-adjusted principal amount by one-half of the stated rate of interest on each interest payment date. Inflation-adjusted principal or the original par amount, whichever is larger, is paid on the maturity date as specified in the applicable offering announcement. If at maturity the inflation-adjusted principal is less than the original principal value of the security, an additional amount is paid at maturity so that the additional amount plus the inflation-adjusted principal equals the original principal amount. Some inflation-protection securities may be stripped into principal and interest components. In the case of a stripped security, the holder of the stripped principal component would receive this additional amount. The final interest payment, however, will be based on the final inflation-adjusted principal value, not the original par amount.
The reference CPI for the first day of any calendar month is the CPI-U for the third preceding calendar month. (For example, the reference CPI for December 1 is the CPI-U reported for September of the same year, which is released in October.) The reference CPI for any other day of the month is calculated by a linear interpolation between the reference CPI applicable to the first day of the month and the reference CPI applicable to the first day of the following month. Any revisions the Bureau of Labor Statistics (or successor agency) makes to any CPI-U number that has been previously released will not be used in calculations of the value of outstanding inflation-protection securities. In the case that the CPI-U for a particular month is not reported by the last day of the following month, the Treasury will announce an index number based on the last year-over-year CPI-U inflation rate available. Any calculations of the Treasury’s payment obligations on the inflation-protection security that need that month’s CPI-U number will be based on the index number that the Treasury has announced. If the CPI-U is rebased to a different year, the Treasury will continue to use the CPI-U series based on the base reference period in effect when the security was first issued as long as that series continues to be published. If the CPI-U is discontinued during the period the inflation-protection security is outstanding, the Treasury will, in consultation with the Bureau of Labor Statistics (or successor agency), determine an appropriate substitute index and methodology for linking the discontinued series with the new price index series. Determinations of the Secretary of the Treasury in this regard are final.
Inflation-protection securities will be held and transferred in either of two book-entry systems: the commercial book-entry system (TRADES) or TREASURY DIRECT. The securities will be maintained and transferred at their original par amount, i.e., not at their inflation-adjusted value. Separate Trading of Registered Interest and Principal of Securities components will be maintained and transferred in TRADES at their value based on the original par amount of the fully constituted security.
39
Variable Rate Demand Notes (“VRDNs”). VRDNs are either taxable or tax-exempt obligations containing a floating or variable interest rate adjustment formula, together with an unconditional right to demand payment of the unpaid principal balance plus accrued interest upon a short notice period, generally not to exceed seven days. Any purchaser of VRDNs will meet applicable diversification and concentration requirements.
Value Investing. The Portfolio’s emphasis on securities believed to be under-valued by the market may use a technique followed by certain very wealthy investors highlighted by the media and a number of private partnerships with very high minimum investments. It requires not only the resources to undertake exhaustive research of little followed, out-of-favor securities, but also the patience and discipline to hold these investments until their intrinsic values are ultimately recognized by others in the marketplace. There can be no assurance that this technique will be successful for the Portfolio or that the Portfolio will achieve its investment goal.
Warrants and Rights. The Portfolio may participate in rights offerings and may purchase warrants. Rights represent a preemptive right of stockholders to purchase additional shares of a stock at the time of a new issuance before the stock is offered to the general public, sometimes as a result of a corporate action. Warrants give the holder of the warrant a right to purchase a given number of shares of a particular issue at a specified price until expiration. Subscription rights normally have a short life span to expiration. The purchase of rights or warrants involves the risk that the Portfolio could lose the purchase value of a right or warrant if the right to subscribe to additional shares is not exercised prior to the rights’ and warrants’ expiration. Also, the purchase of rights and/or warrants involves the risk that the effective price paid for the right and/or warrant added to the subscription price of the related security may exceed the value of the subscribed security’s market price such as when there is no movement in the level of the underlying security. Such investments can generally provide a greater potential for profit or loss than investments of equivalent amounts in the underlying common stock. Investment in warrants is a speculative activity. Warrants pay no dividends and confer no rights (other than the right to purchase the underlying stock) with respect to the assets of the issuer. Warrants and rights may lack a liquid secondary market for resale.
When-Issued, Delayed-Delivery and Forward Commitment Securities. The Portfolio may purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis or purchase or sell securities on a forward commitment basis beyond the customary settlement time. These transactions involve a commitment by the Portfolio to purchase or sell securities at a future date. The price of the underlying securities (usually expressed in terms of yield) and the date when the securities will be delivered and paid for (the settlement date) are fixed at the time the transaction is negotiated. When-issued and delayed-delivery purchases and forward commitment transactions are negotiated directly with the other party, and such commitments are not traded on exchanges. The Portfolio will generally purchase securities on a when-issued or delayed-delivery basis or purchase or sell securities on a forward commitment basis only with the intention of completing the transaction and actually purchasing or selling the securities. If deemed advisable as a matter of investment strategy, however, the Portfolio may dispose of or negotiate a commitment after entering into it. The Portfolio may realize capital gains or losses in connection with these transactions. Securities purchased or sold on a when-issued, delayed-delivery or forward commitment basis involve a risk of loss if the value of the security to be purchased declines prior to the settlement date or if the value of the security to be sold increases prior to the settlement date.
Rule 18f-4 under the 1940 Act permits the Portfolio to enter into when-issued or forward-settling securities and non-standard settlement cycles securities notwithstanding the limitation on the issuance of senior securities in Section 18 of the 1940 Act, provided such transactions meet certain Rule 18f-4 requirements. See “Derivatives” above and “Investment Restrictions” below.
Zero Coupon Bonds, Step-Coupon Bonds, Deferred Interest Bonds and PIK Bonds. Fixed income securities in which the Portfolio may invest also include zero coupon bonds, step-coupon bonds, deferred interest bonds and bonds on which the interest is payable-in-kind (“PIK bonds”). Zero coupon and deferred interest bonds are debt obligations issued or purchased at a significant discount from face value. A step-coupon bond is one in which a change in interest rate is fixed contractually in advance. PIK bonds are debt obligations that provide that the issuer thereof may, at its option, pay interest on such bonds in cash or in the form of additional debt obligations. The higher yield and interest rates on PIK bonds reflects a payment deferral and increased credit risk associated with such instruments and that such
40
investments may represent a significantly higher credit risk than coupon loans. PIK bonds may have unreliable valuations because their continuing accruals require continuing judgments about the collectability of the deferred payments and the value of any associated collateral. PIK interest has the effect of increasing the assets under management and, thereby, increasing the management fees at a compounding rate. In addition, the deferral of PIK interest also reduces the loan to value ratio at a compounding rate.
These investments may experience greater volatility in market value due to changes in interest rates and other factors than debt obligations that make regular payments of interest. The Portfolio will accrue income on such investments for tax and accounting purposes, as required, that is distributable to shareholders and that, because no cash is received at the time of accrual, may require the liquidation of other portfolio securities under disadvantageous circumstances to satisfy the Portfolio’s distribution obligations.
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION ABOUT DERIVATIVES AND THEIR USE
The Trust’s custodian, State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”), or a securities depository acting for the custodian, will act as the Portfolio’s escrow agent, through the facilities of the Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”), as to the securities on which the Portfolio has written listed options on securities or as to other acceptable escrow securities, so that no margin will be required for such transaction. OCC will release the securities on the expiration of the option or upon the Portfolio’s entering into a closing transaction.
A listed securities option position may be closed out only on a market that provides secondary trading for options of the same series and there is no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular option. The Portfolio’s option activities may affect its turnover rate and brokerage commissions. The exercise by the Portfolio of puts on securities will result in the sale of related investments, increasing portfolio turnover. Although such exercise is within the Portfolio’s control, holding a put might cause the Portfolio to sell the related investments for reasons that would not exist in the absence of the put. The Portfolio will pay a brokerage commission each time it buys a put or call, sells a call, or buys or sells an underlying investment in connection with the exercise of a put or call. Such commissions may be higher than those that would apply to direct purchases or sales of such underlying investments. Premiums paid for options are small in relation to the market value of the related investments, and consequently, put and call options offer large amounts of leverage. The leverage offered by trading in options could result in the Portfolio’s NAV being more sensitive to changes in the value of the underlying investments. Listed securities options are subject to position limits established by the applicable exchanges, with respect to listed options, and by FINRA, with respect to OTC options.
Transactions in listed options on futures by the Portfolio are subject to limitations established by each of the exchanges and, in some cases, the CFTC governing the maximum number of options that may be written or held by a single investor or group of investors acting in concert, regardless of whether the options were written or purchased on the same or different exchanges or are held in one or more accounts or through one or more exchanges or brokers. Thus, the number of options the Portfolio may write or hold may be affected by options written or held by other entities, including other investment companies having the same or an affiliated investment adviser. Position limits also apply to Futures. An exchange may order the liquidation of positions found to be in violation of those limits and may impose certain other sanctions.
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank”), enacted in July 2010, includes provisions that comprehensively regulate OTC derivatives, such as OTC foreign currency transactions (subject to exemption from the U.S. Treasury of physically-settled forward contracts from many of the requirements), interest rate swaps, Swaptions, mortgage swaps, caps, collars and floors, and other OTC derivatives that the Portfolio may employ in the future. Dodd-Frank authorizes the SEC and the CFTC to mandate that a substantial portion of derivatives be executed through regulated markets or facilities, and/or be submitted for clearing to regulated clearinghouses (as discussed below, the CFTC has mandated that certain interest rate swaps and index-based credit default swaps must be centrally cleared and traded through a regulated market or facility). Derivatives submitted for central clearing will be subject to minimum initial and variation margin requirements set by the relevant clearinghouse. The CFTC and the regulators of U.S. banks, bank holding companies and other regulated depository institutions also have imposed variation margin requirements on non-cleared OTC derivatives. The SEC finalized non-cleared margin requirements for security-based swaps that became effective in October 2021. OTC derivatives intermediaries typically demand the
41
unilateral ability to increase a counterparty’s collateral requirements for cleared OTC derivatives beyond any regulatory and clearinghouse minimums. These requirements may increase the amount of collateral the Portfolio is required to provide and the costs associated with OTC derivatives transactions.
In addition, regulations adopted by global prudential regulators require certain bank-regulated counterparties and certain of their affiliates to include in certain financial contracts, including many derivatives contracts, terms that delay or restrict the rights of counterparties, such as the Portfolio, to terminate such contracts, foreclose upon collateral, exercise other default rights or restrict transfers of credit support in the event that the counterparty and/or its affiliates are subject to certain types of resolution or insolvency proceedings. It is possible that these requirements, as well as potential additional government regulation and other developments in the market, could adversely affect the Portfolio’s ability to terminate existing derivatives agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements. The implementation of these requirements with respect to derivatives, along with implementation of initial margin posting and additional regulations under Dodd-Frank regarding clearing, mandatory trading and reporting of derivatives, may increase the costs and risks to the Portfolio of trading in these instruments and, as a result, may affect returns to investors in the Portfolio.
As discussed above, OTC derivatives are subject to counterparty risk, whereas the exposure to default for cleared derivatives is assumed by the exchange’s clearinghouse. However, the Portfolio will not face a clearinghouse directly but rather through an OTC derivatives intermediary that is registered with the CFTC and/or SEC to act as a clearing member. The Portfolio may therefore face the indirect risk of the failure of another clearing member customer to meet its obligations to its clearing member. Such scenario could arise due to a default by the clearing member on its obligations to the clearinghouse, triggered by a customer’s failure to meet its obligations to the clearing member.
The SEC and CFTC also have required, or may in the future require, a substantial portion of derivative transactions that are currently executed on a bilateral basis in the OTC markets to be executed through a regulated securities, futures, or swap exchange or execution facility. Certain CFTC-regulated derivatives are already subject to these rules and the CFTC expects to subject additional OTC derivatives to such trade execution rules in the future. The SEC has adopted similar requirements on the OTC derivatives that it regulates. Such requirements may make it more difficult and costly for the Portfolio to enter into highly tailored or customized transactions. They may also render certain strategies in which the Portfolio might otherwise engage impossible or so costly that they will no longer be economical to implement. If the Portfolio decides to become a direct member of one or more of these exchanges or execution facilities, the Portfolio will be subject to all of the rules of the exchange or execution facility, which would bring additional risks and liabilities, and potential additional regulatory requirements.
OTC derivatives dealers are currently required to register with the CFTC and, with respect to security-based swaps, are required to register with the SEC. Dealers are subject to new minimum capital and margin requirements, business conduct standards, disclosure requirements, reporting and recordkeeping requirements, transparency requirements, position limits, limitations on conflicts of interest, and other regulatory burdens. These requirements further increase the overall costs for OTC derivatives dealers, which costs may be passed along to the Portfolio as market changes continue to be implemented.
In addition, the CFTC and the United States commodities exchanges impose limits referred to as “speculative position limits” on the maximum net long or net short speculative positions that any person may hold or control in any particular futures or options contracts traded on United States commodities exchanges. For example, the CFTC currently imposes speculative position limits on a number of agricultural commodities (e.g., corn, oats, wheat, soybeans and cotton) and United States commodities exchanges currently impose speculative position limits on many other commodities. In October 2020, the CFTC adopted new rules regarding speculative position limits. These rules impose position limits on certain futures and options on futures contracts, as well as physical commodity swaps that are “economically equivalent” to such contracts. The Portfolio could be required to liquidate positions it holds in order to comply with such limits, or may not be able to fully implement trading instructions generated by its trading models, in order to comply with such limits. Any such liquidation or limited implementation could result in substantial costs to the Portfolio.
42
As noted above in “Derivatives,” the Derivatives Rule imposes limits on the amount of derivatives the Portfolio may enter into, treats derivatives as senior securities, and requires portfolios whose use of derivatives is more than a limited specified exposure amount to establish and maintain a comprehensive derivatives risk management program and appoint a derivatives risk manager.
In 2020, the CFTC adopted final amendments to Part 190 of its regulations, which govern bankruptcy proceedings for futures brokers and derivatives clearing organizations. The amendments enhance protections available to the Trust and shareholders of the Portfolio upon the bankruptcy of such intermediaries, who act in respect to cleared derivatives.
All of these regulations have enhanced the protections available to funds engaged in derivatives transactions but have also increased the costs of engaging in such transactions.
Possible Risk Factors in Derivatives. Participation in the options or Futures markets and in currency exchange transactions involves investment risks and transaction costs to which the Portfolio would not be subject absent the use of these strategies. If the Adviser’s or the Subadviser’s predictions of movements in the direction of the securities, foreign currency and interest rate markets are inaccurate, the adverse consequences to the Portfolio may leave the Portfolio in a worse position than if such strategies were not used. There is also a risk in using short hedging by selling Futures to attempt to protect against decline in value of the Portfolio securities (due to an increase in interest rates) that the prices of such Futures will correlate imperfectly with the behavior of the cash (i.e., market value) prices of the Portfolio’s securities.
If the Portfolio establishes a position in the debt securities markets as a temporary substitute for the purchase of individual debt securities (long hedging) by buying Futures and/or calls on such Futures or on debt securities, it is possible that the market may decline; if the Subadviser then determines not to invest in such securities at that time because of concerns as to possible further market decline or for other reasons, the Portfolio will realize a loss that is not offset by a reduction in the price of the debt securities purchased.
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
The Trust, on behalf of the Portfolio, has adopted certain fundamental investment restrictions which cannot be changed without approval by a majority of its outstanding voting securities. A majority of the outstanding voting securities is defined as the vote of the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the outstanding shares of the Portfolio present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares are present in person or by proxy or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Portfolio.
Fundamental Investment Restrictions Applicable to the Portfolio
The Portfolio may not:
| 1. Borrow money except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority. | ||
| 2. Engage in the business of underwriting the securities of other issuers except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority. | ||
| 3. Lend money or other assets except to the extent permitted by (i) the 1940 Act or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority. | ||
| 4. Issue senior securities except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority. | ||
| 5. Purchase or sell real estate except as permitted by (i) the 1940 Act or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority. | ||
43
| 6. | Purchase or sell commodities or contracts related to commodities except to the extent permitted by (i) the 1940 Act or interpretations or modifications by the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, or (ii) exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority. |
| 7. Except as permitted by exemptive or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, make any investment if, as a result, the Portfolio’s investments will be concentrated in any one industry. | ||
The Portfolio’s fundamental investment restrictions will be interpreted broadly. For example, the restrictions will be interpreted to refer to the 1940 Act and the related rules as they are in effect from time to time, and to interpretations and modifications of or relating to the 1940 Act by the SEC and others as they are given from time to time. When a policy provides that an investment practice may be conducted as permitted by the 1940 Act, the policy will be interpreted to mean either that the 1940 Act expressly permits the practice or that the 1940 Act does not prohibit the practice.
The following descriptions of the 1940 Act may assist investors in understanding the above restrictions.
With respect to fundamental investment restriction number 1 above, the 1940 Act permits the Portfolio to borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the Portfolio’s total assets from banks for any purpose, and to borrow up to an additional 5% of the Portfolio’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes. (The Portfolio’s total assets include the amounts being borrowed.) To limit the risks attendant to borrowing, the 1940 Act requires the Portfolio to maintain an “asset coverage” of at least 300% of the amount of its borrowings (other than the 5% temporary borrowings); provided that in the event that the Portfolio’s asset coverage falls below 300%, the Portfolio is required to reduce the amount of its borrowings so that it meets the 300% asset coverage threshold within three days (not including Sundays and holidays). Asset coverage means the ratio that the value of the Portfolio’s total assets (including amounts borrowed), minus liabilities other than borrowings, bears to the aggregate amount of all borrowings. Certain trading practices and investments may be considered to be borrowings and thus subject to the 1940 Act restrictions. The investment restriction will be interpreted to permit the Portfolio to engage in trading practices and investments that may be considered to be borrowings to the extent consistent with the 1940 Act and applicable SEC and SEC staff interpretive positions and guidance. Short-term credits necessary for the settlement of securities transactions and arrangements with respect to securities lending are not considered to be borrowings under the restriction. Practices and investments that may involve leverage but are not considered to be borrowings are not subject to the restriction to the extent consistent with applicable SEC and SEC staff interpretive positions and guidance.
With respect to fundamental investment restriction number 2 above, the 1940 Act permits the Portfolio to engage in the underwriting business or underwrite the securities of other issuers within certain limits. If the Portfolio engages in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities, it may be considered to be an underwriter under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”). Under the 1933 Act, an underwriter may be liable for material omissions or misstatements in an issuer’s registration statement or prospectus. Securities purchased from an issuer and not registered for sale under the 1933 Act are considered restricted securities. There may be a limited market for these securities. If these securities are registered under the 1933 Act, they may then be eligible for sale but participating in the sale may subject the seller to underwriter liability. These risks could apply to the Portfolio if it invests in restricted securities. Although it is not believed that the application of the 1933 Act provisions described above would cause the Portfolio to be engaged in the business of underwriting, investment restriction number 2 above will be interpreted not to prevent the Portfolio from engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities, regardless of whether the Portfolio may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act.
With respect to fundamental investment restriction number 3 above, the 1940 Act permits the Portfolio to make loans within certain limits. The fundamental investment restriction permits the Portfolio to engage in securities lending, enter into repurchase agreements, acquire debt and other securities (to the extent deemed lending) and allows the Portfolio to lend money and other assets, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by the 1940 Act. SEC staff interpretations currently prohibit funds from lending portfolio securities of more than one-third of their total assets. Currently, the Portfolio does not, and does not expect to, engage in the lending of securities. If in the future, the Portfolio wished to lend securities, it would be permitted to do so only after it receives Board approval. The fundamental investment restriction will be interpreted not to prevent the Portfolio from purchasing or investing in debt obligations and loans. In addition, collateral arrangements with respect to options, forward currency and futures transactions and other derivative instruments, as well as delays in the settlement of securities transactions, will not be considered loans under the restriction.
44
With respect to fundamental investment restriction number 4, the 1940 Act prohibits the Portfolio from issuing “senior securities,” which are defined as Portfolio obligations that have a priority over the Portfolio’s shares with respect to the payment of dividends or the distribution of Portfolio assets, except that the Portfolio may borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the Portfolio’s total assets from banks for any purpose. The Portfolio also may borrow up to an additional 5% of its total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes, and these borrowings are not considered senior securities. The issuance of senior securities by the Portfolio can increase the speculative character of the Portfolio’s outstanding shares through leveraging. Leveraging of the Portfolio through the issuance of senior securities magnifies the potential for gain or loss on monies, because even though the Portfolio’s net assets remain the same, the total risk to investors is increased to the extent of the Portfolio’s gross assets. The fundamental investment restriction will be interpreted not to prevent collateral arrangements with respect to swaps, options, forward or futures contracts or other derivatives, or the posting of initial or variation margin.
With respect to fundamental investment restriction number 5, the 1940 Act does not prohibit the Portfolio from owning real estate; however, the Portfolio is limited in the amount of illiquid investments it may purchase (real estate is generally considered illiquid). Investing in real estate may involve risks, including that real estate is generally considered illiquid and may be difficult to value and sell. Owners of real estate may be subject to various liabilities, including environmental liabilities. To the extent that investments in real estate are considered illiquid, the Liquidity Rule limits the Portfolio’s acquisition of any illiquid investment, if at any time, the Portfolio would have invested more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid investments that are assets. The restriction will be interpreted to permit the Portfolio to invest in real estate-related companies, companies whose businesses consist in whole or in part of investing in real estate, instruments (like mortgages) that are secured by real estate or interests therein, or real estate investment trust securities.
With respect to fundamental investment restriction number 6, the 1940 Act does not prohibit the Portfolio from owning commodities, whether physical commodities or contracts related to physical commodities (such as oil or grains and related futures contracts), or financial commodities and contracts related to financial commodities (such as currencies). However, the Portfolio is limited in the amount of illiquid investments it may purchase. To the extent that investments in commodities are considered illiquid, the Liquidity Rule limits the Portfolio’s acquisition of any illiquid investment, if at any time, the Portfolio would have invested more than 15% of its net assets in illiquid investments that are assets. If the Portfolio were to invest in a physical commodity or a physical commodity-related instrument, the Portfolio would be subject to the additional risks of the particular physical commodity and its related market. The value of commodities and commodity-related instruments may be extremely volatile and may be affected either directly or indirectly by a variety of factors. There also may be storage charges and risks of loss associated with physical commodities. The restriction will be interpreted to permit investments in other investment companies that invest in physical and/or financial commodities.
With respect to fundamental investment restriction number 7, the 1940 Act does not define what constitutes “concentration” in an industry. The SEC staff has taken the position that investment of 25% or more of a fund’s total assets in one or more issuers conducting their principal activities in the same industry or group of industries constitutes concentration. It is possible that interpretations of concentration could change in the future. A fund that invests a significant percentage of its total assets in a single industry may be particularly susceptible to adverse events affecting that industry and may be more risky than a fund that does not concentrate in an industry. The fundamental investment restriction will be interpreted to refer to concentration as it may be determined from time to time. The fundamental investment restriction also will be interpreted to permit investment without limit in the following: securities of the U.S. government and its agencies or instrumentalities; securities of state, territory, possession or municipal governments and their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions (other than private activity municipal debt securities whose principal and interest payments are derived principally from the revenues and the assets of a non-governmental user); and repurchase agreements collateralized by any of such obligations. Accordingly, issuers of the foregoing securities will not be considered to be members of any industry. Finally, the restriction will be interpreted to give broad authority to the Portfolio as to how to classify issuers within or among industries.
45
Diversification
The Portfolio is currently classified as a diversified fund under the 1940 Act. This means that the Portfolio may not purchase securities of an issuer (other than obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities and securities of other investment companies) if, with respect to 75% of its total assets, (a) more than 5% of the Portfolio’s total assets would be invested in securities of that issuer or (b) the Portfolio would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of that issuer. With respect to the remaining 25% of its total assets, the Portfolio can invest more than 5% of its assets in one issuer. Under the 1940 Act, the Portfolio cannot change its classification from diversified to non-diversified without shareholder approval.
TRUSTEES AND OFFICERS OF THE TRUST
The following table lists the Trustees and officers of the Trust, their ages, current position(s) held with the Trust, length of time served, principal occupations during the past five years, number of funds overseen within the Fund Complex (as defined below) and other directorships/trusteeships held outside of the Fund Complex. Unless otherwise noted, the address of each executive officer and Trustee is 5300 Memorial Drive, Suite 1150, Houston, Texas 77007. As mentioned above, Trustees who are not deemed to be “interested persons” of the Trust as defined in the 1940 Act are referred to as “Independent Trustees.” Trustees who are deemed to be “interested persons” of the Trust are referred to as “Interested Trustees.” Trustees and officers of the Trust are also directors or trustees and officers of some or all of the other investment companies managed, administered or advised by SunAmerica and distributed by the Distributor and other affiliates of SunAmerica.
46
| Name and Year of Birth |
Position(s) Held With Trust |
Term of Office and Length of Time Served1 |
Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years |
Number of Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen By Trustee2,3 |
Other Directorship(s) Held By Trustee4 | |||||
| Independent Trustees |
||||||||||
| Tracey C. Doi 1961 |
Trustee | 2021 – Present | Chief Financial Officer, Group Vice President of Toyota Motor North America (2003-2022); Board Member, National Asian American Chamber of Commerce (2012-Present); Board Governor, Japanese American National Museum (2005-Present); Board Member, 50/50 Women on Boards (nonprofit leadership organization) (2017-Present); Board Member, National Association of Corporate Directors, North Texas (nonprofit leadership organization) (2020-Present). | 73 | Director, Pentair (sustainable water solutions) (2023-Present); Director, Quest Diagnostics (healthcare) (2021-Present); Director, City National Bank (banking) (2016-2022). | |||||
| Jane Jelenko 1948 |
Trustee | 2006 – Present | Retired Partner of KPMG LLP and Managing Director of BearingPoint, Inc. (formerly KPMG Consulting) (2003-Present). | 73 | Director, Cathay General Bancorp and Cathay Bank (banking) (2012-Present). | |||||
| Christianne F. Kerns 1958 |
Trustee | 2023 –Present | Chief Executive Officer, Managing Partner and Chair (2020-Present), Partner (2004-Present), Hahn & Hahn LLP (law firm); Director and Vice President, Hastings Foundation (nonprofit organization) (2018-Present); Chair and Director, Five Acres (nonprofit organization) (2013-Present). | 73 | None. | |||||
| Charles H. Self III 1957 |
Trustee | 2021 –Present | Chief Operating Officer, Chief Compliance Officer and Chief Investment Officer of iSectors (2014-2021); Chief Investment Officer of Sumnicht & Associates (2014-2021); Director, Governmental Insurance Managers (property casualty insurance) (1989-Present); Director, Ohio Mutual Insurance Company (property casualty insurance) (2022-Present). | 73 | None. | |||||
47
| Name and Year of Birth |
Position(s) Held With Trust |
Term of Office and Length of Time Served1 |
Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years |
Number of Portfolios in Fund Complex Overseen By Trustee2,3 |
Other Directorship(s) Held By Trustee4 | |||||
| Martha B. Willis 1960 |
Trustee and Chair | 2023 – Present | Senior Advisor, Wilson Dichiara (2024-2025); Independent Director, EQT Private Equity Company (2024-Present); President and Founder, MBW Consulting (2022-2025); Senior Advisor, KPMG US (2022-2024); Executive Vice President, Chief Marketing Officer of TIAA (2020-2022). |
73 | None. | |||||
| Bruce G. Willison 1948 |
Trustee | 2001 – Present | Chairman of Tyfone, Inc. (2018-Present); Chairman of Catholic Schools Collaborative (2011-Present); Director of Specialty Family Foundation (2013-2025) | 73 | Director, Grandpoint Bank (banking) (2011-2017); Director of NiQ (2016-2020). | |||||
| Interested Trustees |
||||||||||
| John T. Genoy5 1968 |
President and Trustee | 2021 – Present | President and Board Member (2021-Present), Chief Operating Officer (2006-2025), Chief Financial Officer and Director (2002-2021) and Senior Vice President (2004-2021), SunAmerica; President (SunAmerica), Venerable (2026-Present); President (SunAmerica), Corebridge (2021-2025). |
73 | None. | |||||
| Timothy W. Brown6 1968 |
Trustee | 2026 - Present | Executive Vice President, SunAmerica (2026-Present); President of Venerable Investment Advisers, LLC (2023-Present); Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer & Corporate Secretary of Venerable Holdings, Inc. (2018-Present); President & Chief Executive Officer of Venerable Insurance and Annuity Company (2022-2024); President & Chief Executive Officer of Corporate Solutions Life Reinsurance Company (2022-2024); Interim Chief Administrative & Operating Officer of Venerable Holdings, Inc. (2022-2023). |
98 | Minority Corporate Counsel Association N-Gen Advisory Board (2024-Present); The Federation of Iowa Insurers (2018-Present). | |||||
| 1 | Trustees serve until their successors are duly elected and qualified. |
| 2 | The term “Fund Complex” means two or more registered investment companies that hold themselves out to investors as related companies for purposes of investment services or have a common investment adviser or an investment adviser that is an affiliated person of SunAmerica. The “Fund Complex” includes: the Trust (14 portfolios) and SAST (59 portfolios). |
| 3 | Number includes the Trust (14 portfolios), SAST (59 portfolios), and Venerable Variable Insurance Trust (25 portfolios). |
| 4 | Directorships of companies required for reporting to the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (i.e., “public companies”) or other investment companies regulated under the 1940 Act other than those listed under the preceding column. |
| 5 | Mr. Genoy is considered to be an Interested Trustee based on his positions with SunAmerica. |
| 6 | Effective January 1, 2026, Mr. Brown was appointed as an Interested Trustee to the Trust’s Board. Mr. Brown is considered to be an Interested Trustee based on his positions with Venerable. |
48
| Name and Year of Birth |
Position(s) Held with Trust |
Length of Time Served |
Principal Occupation(s) During Past 5 Years | |||
| Officers |
||||||
| Edward Gizzi 1977 |
Vice President and Assistant Secretary |
2026 – Present (Vice President); (2017 – Present) (Assistant Secretary) | Assistant Vice President and Associate General Counsel, Venerable (2026-Present); Associate General Counsel, Corebridge (2017-2025). | |||
| Christopher C. Joe 1969 |
Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer | 2017 – Present | Vice President, Trust Chief Compliance Officer and Head of Compliance (SunAmerica), Venerable (2026-Present); Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer, Seasons Series Trust, SunAmerica Series Trust (2017-Present); Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer, VALIC Company I (2017-2025); Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer – Mutual Funds (2017- 2025) and Chief Compliance Officer- Institutional Markets (2023-2025), Corebridge; Chief Compliance Officer, VALIC Retirement Services Company (2017-2019). | |||
| Gregory R. Kingston 1966 |
Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer/Principal Accounting Officer | 2014 – Present | Vice President, SunAmerica (1999-Present); Vice President – Fund Administration (SunAmerica), Venerable (2026-Present); Vice President (1999-2025), Head of Mutual Fund Administration (2014-2025), Corebridge; Director, Corebridge Capital Services, Inc. (2021-2025); Treasurer, SunAmerica Series Trust, Seasons Series Trust (2014-Present); Treasurer, VALIC Company I (2014-2025). | |||
| Kristina Magolis 1985 |
Chief Legal Officer, Vice President and Secretary |
2026 – Present | Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, SunAmerica (2026-Present); Vice President and Deputy General Counsel, Venerable (2023-Present); General Counsel and Secretary, Venerable Investment Advisers, LLC (2023-Present); Vice President, Assistant Secretary and Associate General Counsel, Equitable Investment Management Group, LLC (2022-2023); Vice President, Assistant Secretary and Associate General Counsel, Equitable Investment Management, LLC (2023); employee of Equitable Financial (2022-2023); Vice President, Legal and Compliance, Morgan Stanley Investment Management (2017-2022). | |||
| Matthew J. Hackethal 1971 |
Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer | 2006 – Present | Chief Compliance Officer (2006-Present) and Vice President (2011-Present), SunAmerica; Assistant Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer (SunAmerica), Venerable (2026-Present), Senior Vice President (2025), Vice President (2011-2025) and Chief Compliance Officer (2006-2025), Corebridge; Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Officer, SunAmerica Mutual Fund Complex (2006-Present). | |||
| Michal Levy 1979 |
Senior Vice President | 2026 – Present | Senior Vice President and Board Member, SunAmerica (2026- Present); Senior Vice President, Venerable Holdings, Inc. (2023- Present); Senior Vice President and Head of Venerable Investment Advisers, LLC (2023-Present); Director (2014-2023), President (2021-2023) and Chief Operating Officer (2017-2023), Equitable Investment Management Group, LLC; Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer, Equitable Investment Management, LLC (2023). | |||
| Salimah Shamji 1971 |
Vice President | 2020 – Present | Assistant Vice President, SunAmerica (2026-Present); Assistant Vice President, Investment Product Management – Venerable (2026-Present); Vice President (SunAmerica), Corebridge (2008- 2025). | |||
| Shawn Parry 1972 |
Vice President and Assistant Treasurer | 2014 – Present | Director – Fund Administration (SunAmerica), Venerable (2026- Present); Vice President, Corebridge (2014-2025). | |||
Leadership Structure of the Board
Overall responsibility for oversight of the Trust and its portfolios rests with the Board. The Trust, on behalf of the Portfolio, has engaged SunAmerica and the Subadviser to manage the Portfolio on a day-to-day basis. The Board is responsible for overseeing SunAmerica, the Subadviser and any other service providers in the operations of the Portfolio in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act, applicable provisions of state and other laws, the Trust’s Declaration of Trust (the “Declaration”) and By-laws, and the Portfolio’s investment objective and strategies. The Board is presently comprised of eight members, six of whom are Independent Trustees. The Board currently conducts regular in-person meetings at least quarterly and holds special in-person or telephonic meetings, or informal conference calls, to discuss specific matters that may arise or require action between regular Board meetings. The Independent Trustees also meet at least quarterly in executive sessions, at which no Interested Trustee is present. The Independent Trustees have engaged independent legal counsel to assist them in performing their oversight responsibilities.
The Board has appointed Ms. Willis, an Independent Trustee, to serve as Chair of the Board. The Chair’s role is to preside at all meetings of the Board and to act as a liaison with service providers, including SunAmerica, officers, attorneys, and other Trustees generally, between meetings. The Chair may also perform such other functions as may be delegated by the Board from time to time. The Board has established three committees, i.e., Audit Committee, Nomination and Governance Committee (the “Nomination Committee”) and Compliance and Risk Committee (each, a “Committee”), to assist the Board in the oversight and direction of the business and affairs of the Portfolio, and from time to time may establish informal working groups to review and address the policies and practices of the Portfolio with respect to certain specified matters. The Committee system facilitates the timely and efficient consideration of matters by the Trustees, and facilitates effective oversight of compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and of the Portfolio’s activities and associated risks. The standing Committees currently conduct an annual review of their charters, which includes a review of their responsibilities and operations. The Nomination Committee and the Board as a whole also conduct an annual evaluation of the performance of the Board, including consideration of the effectiveness of the Board’s committee structure. The Board has determined that the Board’s leadership structure is appropriate because it allows the Board to exercise informed and independent judgment over the matters under its purview and it allocates areas of responsibility among the Committees and the full Board in a manner that enhances efficient and effective oversight.
49
The Portfolio is subject to a number of risks, including, among others, investment, compliance, operational and valuation risks. Risk oversight forms part of the Board’s general oversight of the Portfolio and is addressed as part of various Board and Committee activities. Day-to-day risk management functions are subsumed within the responsibilities of SunAmerica, which carries out the Portfolio’s investment management and business affairs, and also by the Portfolio’s Subadviser and other service providers in connection with the services they provide to the Portfolio. Each of SunAmerica, the Subadviser and other service providers have their own, independent interest in risk management, and their policies and methods of risk management will depend on their functions and business models. As part of its regular oversight of the Portfolio, the Board, directly and/or through a Committee, interacts with and reviews reports from, among others, SunAmerica, the Subadviser and the Portfolio’s other service providers (including the Portfolio’s distributor and transfer agent), the Portfolio’s Chief Compliance Officer, the independent registered public accounting firm for the Portfolio, legal counsel to the Portfolio, and internal auditors for SunAmerica or its affiliates, as appropriate, relating to the operations of the Portfolio. The Board recognizes that it may not be possible to identify all of the risks that may affect the Portfolio or to develop processes and controls to eliminate or mitigate their occurrence or effects. The Board may, at any time and in its discretion, change the manner in which it conducts risk oversight.
Board and Committees
Among the attributes common to all Trustees are their ability to review critically, evaluate, question and discuss information provided to them, to interact effectively with the other Trustees, SunAmerica, the Subadviser, other service providers, legal counsel and the independent registered public accounting firm, and to exercise effective business judgment in the performance of their duties as Trustees. A Trustee’s ability to perform his or her duties effectively may have been attained, as set forth below, through the Trustee’s executive, business, consulting, public service and/or academic positions; experience from service as a Trustee of the Trust and the other funds in the Fund Complex (and/or in other capacities), other investment funds, public companies, or non-profit entities or other organizations; educational background or professional training; and/or other life experiences.
Independent Trustees
Bruce G. Willison. Mr. Willison has served as a Trustee since 2001. He has more than 25 years of experience in the banking industry. Mr. Willison also has broad experience serving as a director of other entities. Mr. Willison’s years of experience as a bank executive, which included management responsibility for investment management, and his experience serving on many public company boards gives him an inside perspective on the management of complex organizations, especially regulated ones.
Tracey C. Doi. Ms. Doi has served as a Trustee since 2021. She has more than 20 years of executive and business experience. Ms. Doi also has broad corporate governance experience from serving on multiple corporate boards.
Jane Jelenko. Ms. Jelenko has served as a Trustee since 2006. Ms. Jelenko was previously a partner in the consulting arm of KPMG, the international professional services firm, where she served for 25 years. She was the national industry director for the banking and finance group and served on the firm’s board of directors. During her term on the board, she served on the Pension Committee, Strategic Planning Committee and the Political Action Committee. She has served on various corporate and community boards, including the L.A. Area Chamber of Commerce, and the Organization of Women Executives.
Christianne F. Kerns. Ms. Kerns has served as a Trustee since 2023. She has over 30 years of legal practice focusing on a broad range of corporate legal and business matters, including financing, commercial real estate, and structuring and negotiating complex business arrangements. She is an expert in corporate governance, regularly advising boards and chief executive officers regarding management issues and initiatives, fiduciary duties and conflicts of interest.
50
Charles H. Self III. Mr. Self has served as a Trustee since 2021. He has over 30 years of experience in the investment management industry, including serving as a Chief Operating Officer, Chief Compliance Officer and Chief Investment Officer of an investment management firm.
Martha B. Willis. Ms. Willis has served as a Trustee since 2023, and Chair of the Board since December 10, 2025. She has over 40 years of experience in the financial services industry, including serving as Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer of TIAA and Nuveen from 2016 to 2022, where she led the enterprise marketing, branding and corporate communications teams across TIAA Retirement, TIAA Bank and Nuveen. She served as director and chair of Nuveen’s UCITS funds from 2019 to 2021. She also previously served as Chief Marketing Officer of OppenheimerFunds from 2009 to 2016.
The Board has adopted the Independent Trustee Retirement Policy under which Independent Trustees retire from service as Independent Trustees at the end of the calendar year in which he or she turns 78 years of age. Exceptions may be made for temporary transition periods, as approved and agreed to by the Board and the retiring Independent Trustee.
Interested Trustees
John T. Genoy. Mr. Genoy has served as a Trustee since 2021. President and Co-Head of SunAmerica, Venerable since 2026, he currently serves as President and Chief Operating Officer of SunAmerica and President of the Trust and of SAST. He joined SunAmerica in 1995. Prior to joining SunAmerica, he was a member of the financial services group at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. Mr. Genoy received a B.S. in accounting from Villanova University and is a Certified Public Accountant.
Timothy W. Brown. Mr. Brown has served as a Trustee since 2026. He joined Venerable Investment Advisers, LLC in 2023 and also serves as Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer, and Secretary of VA Capital Company LLC, Venerable Holdings, Inc., Venerable Insurance and Annuity Company, Corporate Solutions Life Reinsurance Company, Rocky Range, Inc., and VIAC Services Company. He previously served as President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary of Corporate Solutions Life Reinsurance Company and Venerable Insurance and Annuity Company from 2022 to 2024. He has a background in the financial services industry, has held senior management positions with asset management and insurance companies, and has multiple years of service on the boards of private companies and organizations.
The Trust pays no salaries or compensation to any of its officers, all of whom are officers or employees of SunAmerica or its affiliates. For the Trust and SAST (the “Annuity Funds”), an annual fee and expenses are paid to each Trustee who is not an officer or employee of Venerable or its affiliates for attendance at meetings of the Board. Effective January 1, 2026, the annual fee paid to each Independent Trustee is $275,000. Trustees are compensated $3,000 for special in-person or telephonic Board meetings. The Independent Chair receives an additional retainer fee of $115,000. These expenses are allocated on the basis of the relative net assets of each portfolio of the Annuity Funds. Messrs. Genoy and Brown, who are Interested Trustees by virtue of their employment relationship with SunAmerica, receive no remuneration from the Trust.
Each Independent Trustee serves on each Committee of the Board. Members of each Committee serve without compensation, except that Mr. Self, as Audit Committee Chair, receives an additional retainer fee of $35,000, Ms. Doi, as Nomination Committee Chair, receives an additional retainer fee of $25,000, and Ms. Kerns, as Compliance and Risk Committee Chair, receives an additional retainer fee of $25,000.
The Audit Committee is charged with selecting, overseeing and setting the compensation of the Portfolio’s independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee is responsible for pre-approving all audit and non-audit services performed by the independent public accounting firm for the Portfolio and, should it be necessary, for pre-approving certain non-audit services performed by the independent registered public accounting firm for SunAmerica and certain control persons of SunAmerica. The Audit Committee is also responsible for reviewing with the independent registered public accounting firm the audit plan and results of the audit along with other matters. The Audit Committee met 5 times during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2026.
51
The Nomination Committee recommends to the Trustees those persons to be nominated as candidates to serve as Trustees and voted upon by shareholders and selects and proposes nominees for election by the Trustees to the Board between shareholders’ meetings. The Nomination Committee will consider candidates proposed by shareholders for election as Trustees. Any such recommendations from shareholders should be directed to the attention of the Secretary of the Trust at One World Trade Center, Suite J, 49th Floor, New York, NY 10007. The Nomination Committee reviews at least annually the independence of the Independent Trustees and the independence of legal counsel. The Nomination Committee also reviews and makes recommendations with respect to the size and composition of the Board and its Committees and monitors and evaluates the functioning of the Committees. The Nomination Committee met 4 times during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2026.
The Compliance and Risk Committee is responsible for assisting the Board in its oversight of the Trust’s compliance with regulatory requirements, material operating risks, and promotion of honest and ethical conduct in the Trust’s affairs. Ms. Kerns serves as the Chair of the Compliance and Risk Committee. The Compliance and Risk Committee met 4 times during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2026.
As of April 1, 2026, the Trustees and officers of the Trust owned in the aggregate less than 1% of the total outstanding shares of the Portfolio of the Trust.
TRUSTEE OWNERSHIP OF PORTFOLIO SHARES
The following table shows the dollar range of shares beneficially owned by each Trustee as of December 31, 2025.
| Name of Trustee |
Dollar Range of Equity Securities in the Trust1 |
Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in All Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies2 |
||||||
| Independent Trustees |
||||||||
| Tracey C. Doi |
0 | 0 | ||||||
| Jane Jelenko |
0 | 0 | ||||||
| Christianne F. Kerns |
0 | 0 | ||||||
| Charles H. Self III |
0 | 0 | ||||||
| Martha B. Willis |
0 | 0 | ||||||
| Bruce G. Willison |
0 | 0 | ||||||
| Interested Trustees |
||||||||
| John T. Genoy |
0 | 0 | ||||||
| Timothy W. Brown3 |
N/A | N/A | ||||||
| 1 | Includes the value of shares beneficially owned by each Trustee in each portfolio of the Trust. |
| 2 | Includes the Trust (14 portfolios) and SAST (59 portfolios). |
| 3 | Mr. Brown was appointed as an Interested Trustee to the Trust’s Board effective January 1, 2026. |
As of December 31, 2025, neither the Independent Trustees nor any of their immediate family members owned beneficially or of record any securities in the Adviser, a Subadviser or the Distributor, or any person (other than a registered investment company), directly or indirectly, controlling, controlled by or under common control with such entities.
Compensation of Trustees
The following table sets forth the compensation paid to each Independent Trustee for his/her services as a Trustee to the Trust and as a Trustee/Director to certain of the funds within the Fund Complex for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2026. Neither any Interested Trustee nor any officer of the Trust receives any compensation from the Trust for serving as a Trustee or an officer.
52
| Name of Trustee |
Aggregate Compensation from the Portfolio in this SAI |
Pension or Retirement Benefits Accrued as Part of Trust Expenses |
Total Compensation from Trust and Fund Complex Paid to Trustees1 |
|||||||||
| Tracey C. Doi |
$ | 21,302 | — | $ | 261,375 | |||||||
| Jane Jelenko |
21,248 | — | 260,750 | |||||||||
| Christianne F. Kerns |
21,393 | — | 262,417 | |||||||||
| Charles H. Self III |
20,744 | — | 254,500 | |||||||||
| Martha B. Willis |
22,382 | — | 274,500 | |||||||||
| Bruce G. Willison |
25,213 | — | 309,500 | |||||||||
| 1 | As of March 31, 2026, the Fund Complex included the Trust (14 portfolios) and SAST (59 portfolios). |
INVESTMENT ADVISORY AND MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT
The Trust, on behalf of the Portfolio, entered into an Investment Advisory and Management Agreement (the “Advisory Agreement”) with SunAmerica to handle the management of the Trust and its day-to-day affairs. The Adviser, located at One World Trade Center, 285 Fulton Street, Suite J, 49th Floor, New York, NY 10007, is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Venerable.
Terms of the Advisory Agreement
The Advisory Agreement provides that SunAmerica shall act as investment adviser to the Portfolio, manage the Portfolio’s investments, administer its business affairs, furnish offices, necessary facilities and equipment, provide clerical, bookkeeping and administrative services, and permit any of SunAmerica’s officers or employees to serve without compensation as Trustees or officers of the Trust if duly elected to such positions. Under the Advisory Agreement, the Trust agrees to assume and pay certain charges and expenses of its operations, including: direct charges relating to the purchase and sale of portfolio securities, interest charges, fees and expenses of independent legal counsel and independent accountants, cost of stock certificates and any other expenses (including clerical expenses) of issue, sale, repurchase or redemption of shares, expenses of registering and qualifying shares for sale, expenses of printing and distributing reports, notices and proxy materials to shareholders, expenses of data processing and related services, shareholder recordkeeping and shareholder account service, expenses of printing and distributing prospectuses and statements of additional information, expenses of annual and special shareholders’ meetings, fees and disbursements of transfer agents and custodians, expenses of disbursing dividends and distributions, fees and expenses of Trustees who are not employees of the Adviser or its affiliates, membership dues in the Investment Company Institute or any similar organization, all taxes and fees to federal, state or other governmental agencies, insurance premiums and extraordinary expenses such as litigation expenses.
The Advisory Agreement, after initial approval with respect to the Portfolio, continues in effect for a period of two years, in accordance with its terms, unless terminated, and thereafter may be renewed from year to year as to the Portfolio for so long as such renewal is specifically approved at least annually by (i) the Board, or by the vote of a majority (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio, and (ii) the vote of a majority of Trustees who are not parties to the Advisory Agreement or “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any such party. The Advisory Agreement provides that it may be terminated by either party without penalty upon the specified written notice contained in the Advisory Agreement. The Advisory Agreement also provides for automatic termination upon assignment.
Under the terms of the Advisory Agreement, SunAmerica is not liable to the Trust, or to any other person, for any act or omission by it or for any losses sustained by the Trust or its shareholders except in the case of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of obligations or duties.
53
Advisory Fees Rates
As compensation for its services, the Adviser receives from the Portfolio a fee, accrued daily and payable monthly, based on average daily net assets at the following annual rates:
| Fee Rate (as a % of average daily net asset value)1 |
||||
| First $250 million |
0.80 | % | ||
| Next $250 million |
0.75 | % | ||
| Over $500 million |
0.70 | % | ||
Advisory Fees
The following table sets forth the total advisory fees received by SunAmerica from the Portfolio pursuant to the Advisory Agreement for the last three fiscal years:1
| 2026 |
2025 |
2024 | ||||||||
| % of Net Assets |
Dollar Amount |
% of Net Assets |
Dollar Amount |
% of Net Assets |
Dollar Amount | |||||
| 0.79% |
$2,497,042 | 0.78% | $3,133,587 | 0.77% | $4,032,917 | |||||
| 1 | Effective April 30, 2026, pursuant to an Advisory Fee Waiver Agreement, SunAmerica is contractually obligated to waive its advisory fee through April 30, 2027 with respect to the Portfolio so that the advisory fee rate payable by the Portfolio to SunAmerica under the Advisory Agreement equals 0.78% of average daily net assets on the first $250 million, 0.73% of average daily net assets on the next $250 million, and 0.68% of average daily net assets over $500 million. |
The following table sets forth the advisory fees retained by SunAmerica with respect to the Portfolio after paying all subadvisory fees to the other Managers* for the past three fiscal years:**
| 2026 |
2025 |
2024 | ||||||||
| % of Net Assets |
Dollar Amount |
% of Net Assets |
Dollar Amount |
% of Net Assets |
Dollar Amount | |||||
| 0.55% |
$1,733,590 | 0.55% | $2,200,059 | 0.55% | $2,858,315 | |||||
| * | Prior to April 30, 2026, each of BlackRock Investment Management, LLC (“BlackRock”), American Century Investment Management, Inc. (“American Century”) and Wellington Management Company LLP (“Wellington Management”) served as a subadviser to the Portfolio. |
| ** | The percentages and amounts shown in the table do not reflect any fee waivers and/or expense reimbursements. |
SUBADVISORY AGREEMENTS
BlackRock, Federated MDTA LLC (“Federated”), and Wellington Management act as subadvisers to the Portfolio pursuant to the Subadvisory Agreements with SunAmerica.
SunAmerica may terminate any Subadvisory Agreement without shareholder approval. Moreover, SunAmerica has received an exemptive order from the SEC that permits SunAmerica, subject to certain conditions, to enter into subadvisory agreements relating to the Portfolio with unaffiliated subadvisers approved by the Board without obtaining shareholder approval. The exemptive order also permits SunAmerica, subject to the approval of the Board but without shareholder approval, to employ unaffiliated subadvisers for new or existing portfolios, change the terms of subadvisory agreements with unaffiliated subadvisers or continue the employment of existing unaffiliated subadvisers after events that would otherwise cause an automatic termination of a subadvisory agreement. Shareholders will be notified of any changes that are made pursuant to the exemptive order within 60 days of hiring a new subadviser or making a material change to an existing subadvisory agreement. The order also permits the Portfolio to disclose fees paid to subadvisers on an aggregate, rather than individual, basis. In addition, pursuant to no-action relief, the SEC staff has extended multi-manager relief to any affiliated subadviser, provided certain conditions are met. The Portfolio’s shareholders have approved the Portfolio’s reliance on the no-action relief. SunAmerica will determine if and when the Portfolio should rely on the no-action relief.
Each of the Subadvisers is independent of SunAmerica and discharges its responsibilities subject to the policies of the Trustees and the oversight and supervision of SunAmerica, which pays the Subadvisers’ fees. BlackRock is a wholly-owned subsidiary of BlackRock Inc. Federated is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Federated Hermes, Inc. Wellington Management is a Delaware limited liability partnership.
54
SunAmerica pays each Subadviser to the Portfolio a monthly fee with respect to the Portfolio, computed on average daily net assets. SunAmerica has received an exemptive order that, among other things, permits the Trust to disclose to shareholders the Subadvisers’ fees only in the aggregate for the Portfolio. The aggregate annual rates, as a percentage of daily net assets, of the fees payable by SunAmerica to the Subadvisers for the Portfolio may vary according to the level of assets of the Portfolio.
The following table sets forth the aggregate subadvisory fees paid to the Subadvisers of the Portfolio by SunAmerica for the past three fiscal years, which include BlackRock, American Century and Wellington Management:
| 2026 |
2025 |
2024 | ||||||||
| % of Net Assets |
Dollar Amount |
% of Net Assets |
Dollar Amount |
% of Net Assets |
Dollar Amount | |||||
| 0.24% |
$763,452 | 0.23% | $933,528 | 0.22% | $1,174,602 | |||||
PORTFOLIO MANAGERS
Other Accounts
The portfolio managers primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Portfolio, all of whom are listed in the Prospectus (“Portfolio Managers”), are often engaged in the management of other accounts, which may include registered investment companies and pooled investment vehicles. The total number of other accounts managed by each Portfolio Manager (whether managed as part of a team or individually) and the total assets in those accounts, as of March 31, 2026 (unless otherwise noted), are provided in the table below. If applicable, the total number of accounts and total assets in accounts that have an advisory fee that is all or partly based on the account’s performance are provided parentheses.
| Subadviser | Portfolio Managers |
Other Accounts (As of March 31, 2026) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
| Registered Investment Companies |
Pooled Investment Vehicles |
Other Accounts | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
| No. of Accounts |
Assets ($ millions) |
No. of Accounts |
Assets ($ millions) |
No. of Accounts |
Assets ($ millions) |
|||||||||||||||||||||
| BlackRock1 |
Hsui, Jennifer Sietsema, Peter Waldron, Matt White, Steven |
|
361 357 352 354 |
|
|
$3,340,000 $3,340,000 $3,300,000 $3,300,000 |
|
|
123 220 10 136 |
|
|
$119,400 $1,300,000 $5,340 $114,500 |
|
|
0 138 9 0 |
|
|
$0 $910,800 $9,010 $0 |
| |||||||
| Federated |
Konopka, Fredrick L. Lewicke, John Paul Mahr, Daniel J. Zhang, Damien |
|
14 14 14 14 |
|
|
$21,366.4 $21,366.4 $21,366.4 $21,366.4 |
|
|
7 7 7 7 |
|
|
$2,050.7 $2,050.7 $2,050.7 $2,050.7 |
|
|
161 161 161 161 |
|
|
$9,139.3 $9,139.3 $9,139.3 $9,139.3 |
| |||||||
| Wellington Management |
Illfelder, Adam H. | 9 | $21,450.17 | 1 | $67.74 | 2 | $144.45 | |||||||||||||||||||
1 Information is as of January 31, 2026.
Potential Conflicts of Interest
As shown in the table above, the Portfolio Manager are responsible for managing other accounts for multiple clients, including affiliated clients (“Other Client Accounts”), in addition to the Portfolio. In certain instances, conflicts may arise in his management of the Portfolio and such Other Client Accounts. The Portfolio Managers aim to conduct their activities in such a manner that permits them to deal fairly with each of their clients on an overall basis in accordance with applicable securities laws and fiduciary obligations. Notwithstanding, transactions, holdings and performance, among others, may vary among the Portfolio and such Other Client Accounts.
55
| • | Trade Allocations. Conflicts may arise between the Portfolio and Other Client Accounts in the allocation of trades among the Portfolio and the Other Client Accounts. For example, the Adviser (solely for the purposes of this section “Potential Conflicts of Interest,” the term “Adviser” is defined to include SunAmerica or the Subadviser, as applicable) may determine that there is a security that is suitable for the Portfolio, as well as, for Other Client Accounts that have a similar investment objective. Likewise, a particular security may be bought for one or more clients when one or more other clients are selling that same security, or the Adviser and/or Portfolio Managers may take “short” positions in Other Client Accounts with respect to securities held “long” within the Portfolio, or vice-versa, which may adversely affect the value of securities held by the Portfolio. In certain instances, the Adviser and/or Portfolio Managers may have ownership or different interests in Other Client Accounts, including different compensation with respect to Other Client Accounts, such as incentive fees. Such ownership or different interests may cause a conflict of interest. The Trust and the Adviser generally have adopted policies, procedures and/or practices regarding the allocation of trades and brokerage, which the Trust and Adviser believe address the conflicts associated with managing multiple accounts for multiple clients (including affiliated clients). Subject to cash and security availability and lot size, among other factors, the policies, procedures and/or practices generally require that securities be allocated among the Portfolio and Other Client Accounts with a similar investment objective in a manner that is fair, equitable and consistent with their fiduciary obligations to each. |
| • | Allocation of Portfolio Managers’ Time. The Portfolio Managers’ management of the Portfolio and Other Client Accounts may result in a Portfolio Manager devoting a disproportionate amount of time and attention to the management of the Portfolio and Other Client Accounts if the Portfolio and Other Client Accounts have different objectives, benchmarks, time horizons, and fees. Generally, the Adviser seeks to manage such competing interests for the time and attention of the Portfolio Managers. Although the Adviser does not track the time a Portfolio Manager spends on the Portfolio or a single Other Client Account, the Adviser periodically assesses whether a Portfolio Manager has adequate time and resources to effectively manage all of such Portfolio Manager’s accounts. In certain instances, Portfolio Managers may be employed by two or more employers. Where the Portfolio Manager receives greater compensation, benefits or incentives from one employer over another, the Portfolio Manager may favor one employer over the other (or Other Client Accounts) causing a conflict of interest. |
| • | Personal Trading by Portfolio Managers. The management of personal accounts by the Portfolio Managers may give rise to potential conflicts of interest. While generally, the SunAmerica Code (defined below) and Subadviser’s code of ethics will impose limits on the ability of the Portfolio Managers to trade for their personal accounts, especially where such trading might give rise to a potential conflict of interest, there is no assurance that the SunAmerica Code and Subadviser’s code of ethics will eliminate such conflicts. In some instances, subadviser may impose investment restrictions on Portfolio Managers responsible for managing hedge funds or certain other accounts in addition to those limitations provided by the SunAmerica Code. |
Other than the conflicts described above, the Trust is not aware of any material conflicts that may arise in connection with each Adviser’s management of the Portfolio, investments and such Other Client Accounts.
Compensation
Pursuant to the Subadvisory Agreements, each Subadviser is responsible for paying its own expenses in connection with the management of the Portfolio, including the compensation of its Portfolio Managers. The structure and method of compensation of the Portfolio Managers are described below.
BlackRock. The discussion below describes the Portfolio Managers’ compensation as of March 31, 2026.
BlackRock’s financial arrangements with its Portfolio Managers, its competitive compensation and its career path emphasis at all levels reflect the value senior management places on key resources. Compensation may include a variety of components and may vary from year to year based on a number of factors. The principal components of compensation include a base salary, a performance-based discretionary bonus, participation in various benefits programs and one or more of the incentive compensation programs established by BlackRock.
Base Compensation. Generally, Portfolio Managers receive base compensation based on their position with the firm.
56
Discretionary Incentive Compensation – Discretionary incentive compensation is a function of several components: the performance of BlackRock, Inc., the performance of the Portfolio Manager’s group within BlackRock, the investment performance, including risk-adjusted returns, of the firm’s assets under management or supervision by that Portfolio Manager relative to predetermined benchmarks, and the individual’s performance and contribution to the overall performance of these portfolios and BlackRock. In most cases, these benchmarks are the same as the benchmark or benchmarks against which the performance of the Funds or other accounts managed by the Portfolio Managers are measured. Among other things, BlackRock’s Chief Investment Officers make a subjective determination with respect to each Portfolio Manager’s compensation based on the performance of the Funds and other accounts managed by each Portfolio Manager relative to the various benchmarks. Performance of fixed income and multi-asset class funds is measured on a pre-tax and/or after-tax basis over various time periods including 1-, 3- and 5- year periods, as applicable. Performance of index funds is based on the performance of such funds relative to pre-determined tolerance bands around a benchmark, as applicable. The performance of the Portfolio Managers is not measured against a specific benchmark.
Distribution of Discretionary Incentive Compensation. Discretionary incentive compensation is distributed to Portfolio Managers in a combination of cash, deferred BlackRock, Inc. stock awards, and/or deferred cash awards that notionally track the return of certain BlackRock investment products.
Portfolio Managers receive their annual discretionary incentive compensation in the form of cash. Portfolio Managers whose total compensation is above a specified threshold also receive deferred BlackRock, Inc. stock awards annually as part of their discretionary incentive compensation. Paying a portion of discretionary incentive compensation in the form of deferred BlackRock, Inc. stock puts compensation earned by a Portfolio Manager for a given year “at risk” based on BlackRock’s ability to sustain and improve its performance over future periods. In some cases, additional deferred BlackRock, Inc. stock may be granted to certain key employees as part of a long-term incentive award to aid in retention, align interests with long-term shareholders and motivate performance. Deferred BlackRock, Inc. stock awards are generally granted in the form of BlackRock, Inc. restricted stock units that vest pursuant to the terms of the applicable plan and, once vested, settle in BlackRock, Inc. common stock. The Portfolio Managers of these Funds have deferred BlackRock, Inc. stock awards.
For certain Portfolio Managers, a portion of the discretionary incentive compensation is also distributed in the form of deferred cash awards that notionally track the returns of select BlackRock investment products they manage, which provides direct alignment of Portfolio Manager discretionary incentive compensation with investment product results. Deferred cash awards vest ratably over a number of years and, once vested, settle in the form of cash. Only Portfolio Managers who manage specified products and whose total compensation is above a specified threshold are eligible to participate in the deferred cash award program.
Other Compensation Benefits. In addition to base salary and discretionary incentive compensation, Portfolio Managers may be eligible to receive or participate in one or more of the following:
Incentive Savings Plans—BlackRock, Inc. has created a variety of incentive savings plans in which BlackRock employees are eligible to participate, including a 401(k) plan, the BlackRock Retirement Savings Plan (RSP), and the BlackRock Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP). The employer contribution components of the RSP include a company match equal to 50% of the first 8% of eligible pay contributed to the plan capped at $5,000 per year, and a company retirement contribution equal to 3-5% of eligible compensation up to the Internal Revenue Service limit ($350,000 for 2025). The RSP offers a range of investment options, including registered investment companies and collective investment funds managed by the firm. BlackRock contributions follow the investment direction set by participants for their own contributions or, absent participant investment direction, are invested into a target date fund that corresponds to, or is closest to, the year in which the participant attains age 65. The ESPP allows for investment in BlackRock common stock at a 5% discount on the fair market value of the stock on the purchase date. Annual participation in the ESPP is limited to the purchase of 1,000 shares of common stock or a dollar value of $25,000 based on its fair market value on the purchase date. All of the eligible Portfolio Managers are eligible to participate in these plans.
57
Federated. The Portfolio Managers are paid a fixed base salary and a variable annual incentive. Base salary is determined within a market competitive, position-specific salary range, based on the Portfolio Manager’s experience and performance. The annual incentive amount is determined based primarily on Investment Product Performance (IPP) and may also include a discretionary component based on a variety of factors deemed relevant, such as financial measures and performance and may be paid entirely in cash, or in a combination of cash and restricted stock of Federated Hermes, Inc. (“Federated Hermes”). The total combined annual incentive opportunity is intended to be competitive in the market for this portfolio manager role.
IPP is measured on a rolling one, three and/or five calendar year pre-tax gross total return basis versus the representative performance index (Russell 1000® Value Index) and versus the Portfolio’s designated peer group of comparable accounts. Performance periods are adjusted, for example, if a Portfolio Manager has been managing an account for less than five years; accounts with less than one year of performance history under a Portfolio Manager may be excluded.
The allocation or weighting given to the performance of the Portfolio or other accounts for which the Portfolio Managers are responsible when their compensation is calculated may be equal or can vary. For purposes of calculating the annual incentive amount, each account managed by the Portfolio Manager is currently categorized into multiple designated sub-groups, which may be further broken down by Strategies (which may be adjusted periodically). The number of sub-groups currently reflected is nine, which currently have ten different Strategies (which may be adjusted periodically). The annual incentive amount is based on the composite investment performance of each Strategy, which is measured against the Strategy’s designated benchmark and a designated peer group of comparable accounts.
As noted above, the Portfolio Managers manage other accounts in addition to the Portfolio. Such other accounts may be categorized as reflecting different Strategies, which may have different benchmarks. Although the performance of each Strategy composite is considered in calculating the annual incentive amount, their relative weightings differ (and may be adjusted periodically). For example, each Strategy is assigned a specific weighting within a pre-determined range. At the Strategy level, the Portfolio has been assigned to a sub-group which has a weighting that is equal to the weighting given to certain other strategies, and is greater than the weighting given to certain other strategies, and the benchmark for that sub-group is the Portfolio’s representative performance index, the Russell 1000® Value Index.
A portion of the bonus tied to the IPP score may be adjusted based on management’s assessment of overall contributions to account performance and any other factors as deemed relevant.
Any individual allocations from the discretionary pool may be determined, by executive management on a discretionary basis using various factors, such as, for example, on a product, strategy or asset class basis, and considering overall contributions and any other factors deemed relevant (and may be adjusted periodically).
Wellington Management. Wellington Management receives a fee based on the assets under management of the Portfolio as set forth in the Subadvisory Agreement between Wellington Management and SunAmerica on behalf of the Portfolio. Wellington Management pays its investment professionals out of its total revenues, including the advisory fees earned with respect to the Portfolio. The following information relates to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2026.
Wellington Management’s compensation structure is designed to attract and retain high-caliber investment professionals necessary to deliver high quality investment management services to its clients. Wellington Management’s compensation of the Portfolio’s managers listed in the Prospectus who are primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Portfolio (“Investment Professionals”) includes a base salary and incentive components. The base salary for each Investment Professional who is a partner (a “Partner”) of Wellington Management Group LLP, the ultimate holding company of Wellington Management, is generally a fixed amount that is determined by the managing partners of the Wellington Management Group LLP. Each Investment Professional is eligible to receive an incentive payment based on the revenues earned by Wellington Management from the Portfolio managed by the Investment Professional and generally each other account managed by such Investment Professional. Each Investment Professional’s incentive payment relating to the Portfolio is linked to the gross pre-tax performance of the portion of the Portfolio managed by the Investment Professional compared to the benchmark index and/or peer group identified below over one-, three- and five-year periods, with an emphasis on five-year results. Wellington Management applies similar incentive compensation structures (although the benchmarks or peer groups, time periods and rates may differ) to other accounts managed by the Investment Professionals, including accounts with performance fees.
Portfolio-based incentives across all accounts managed by an Investment Professional can, and typically do, represent a significant portion of an Investment Professional’s overall compensation; incentive compensation varies significantly by individual and can vary significantly from year to year. The Investment Professionals may also be eligible for bonus payments based on their overall contribution to Wellington Management’s business operations. Senior management at Wellington Management may reward individuals as it deems appropriate based on other factors. Each Partner is eligible to participate in a Partner-funded tax-qualified retirement plan, the contributions to which are made pursuant to an actuarial formula. Mr. Illfelder is a Partner.
| Portfolio |
Benchmark Index and/or Peer Group for Incentive Period | |
| SA Multi-Managed Large Cap Value Portfolio |
S&P 500® Value |
Ownership of Portfolio Shares by Portfolio Managers
As of March 31, 2026, none of the Portfolio Managers had any ownership interest in the Portfolio.
PERSONAL SECURITIES TRADING
The Trust, the Adviser and the Distributor have adopted a written code of ethics (the “SunAmerica Code”) pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act, which governs, among other things, the personal trading activities of certain access persons of the Portfolio. The SunAmerica Code is designed to detect and prevent conflicts of interests between the Portfolio and the personal trading activities of certain access persons. The SunAmerica Code has been filed as an exhibit to the Trust’s registration statement. SunAmerica reports violations of the SunAmerica Code to the Board of Trustees. Each of the Subadvisers has adopted a code of ethics. Such provisions may be more restrictive than the provisions set forth in the SunAmerica Code. Material violations of a Subadviser’s code of ethics by employees who provide direct services to a Portfolio or those that involve the subadvised Portfolio are reported to the Trust’s Board.
58
DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT
The Trust, on behalf of the Portfolio, has entered into a distribution agreement (the “Distribution Agreement”) with the Distributor, an affiliate of SunAmerica, a registered broker-dealer and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Venerable, to act as the principal underwriter in connection with the continuous offering of each class of shares of the Portfolio to the Separate Accounts of the Life Companies. The address of the Distributor is 1475 Dunwoody Drive, Suite 200, West Chester, PA 19380. The Distribution Agreement provides that the Distributor may distribute shares of the Portfolio. The Distribution Agreement also provides that the Distributor will pay for promotional expenses, including the cost of printing and distributing prospectuses, annual reports and other periodic reports with respect to the Portfolio, for distribution to persons who are not shareholders of the Portfolio and the costs of preparing, printing and distributing any other supplemental advertising and sales literature. However, certain promotional expenses may be borne by the Portfolio, including printing and distributing prospectuses, proxy statements, notices, annual reports and other periodic reports to existing shareholders. Prior to January 1, 2026, Corebridge Capital Services, Inc. served as the Trust’s distributor.
After its initial approval, the Distribution Agreement will continue in effect for an initial two-year term and thereafter from year to year, with respect to the Portfolio, if such continuance is approved at least annually by vote of a majority of the Trustees, including a majority of the Independent Trustees. The Trust or the Distributor each has the right to terminate the Distribution Agreement with respect to the Portfolio on 60 days’ written notice, without penalty. The Distribution Agreement automatically terminates with respect to the Portfolio in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder).
RULE 12b-1 PLANS
The Board has adopted the Class 2 Plan and the Class 3 Plan pursuant to Rule 12b-1 under the 1940 Act. There is no Plan in effect for Class 1 shares. Reference is made to “Account Information—Service Fees” in the applicable Prospectus for certain information with respect to the Plans. The Class 2 Plan provides for service fees payable at the annual rate of 0.15% of the average daily net assets of such Class 2 shares. The Class 3 Plan provides for service fees payable at the annual rate of up to 0.25% of the average daily net assets of such Class 3 shares. The service fees will be used to compensate the Life Companies for expenditures made to financial intermediaries for providing service to contract holders of the Variable Contracts who are the indirect beneficial owners of the Portfolio’s Class 2 and 3 shares, respectively. It is possible that in any given year, the amount paid to certain financial intermediaries for such services could exceed the financial intermediaries’ costs as described herein.
Continuance of the Plans with respect to the Portfolio is subject to annual approval by vote of the Independent Trustees. A Plan may not be amended to increase materially the amount authorized to be spent thereunder with respect to a class of the Portfolio, without approval of the shareholders of the affected class of shares of the Portfolio. In addition, all material amendments to the Plans must be approved by the Trustees in the manner described above. A Plan may be terminated at any time with respect to the Portfolio without payment of any penalty by vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the affected class of shares of the Portfolio. So long as the Plans are in effect, the election and nomination of the Independent Trustees of the Trust shall be committed to the discretion of the Independent Trustees. In the Trustees’ quarterly review of the Plans, they will consider the continued appropriateness of, and the level of, compensation provided in the Plans. In their consideration of the Plans with respect to the Portfolio, the Trustees must consider all factors they deem relevant, including information as to the benefits for the Portfolio and for the shareholders of the relevant class of the Portfolio.
Account Maintenance and Service Fees
The following table sets forth the account maintenance and service fees paid by the Portfolio in Class 2 and Class 3 shares for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2026.
| 2026 | ||
| Class 2 |
Class 3 | |
| $27,455 | $21,328 | |
59
DIVIDENDS, DISTRIBUTIONS AND TAXES
Since the shares of the Portfolio are offered only in connection with the Variable Contracts, or certain other deferred tax arrangements and to funds-of-funds, no discussion is set forth herein as to the U.S. federal income tax consequences at the shareholder level. For information concerning the U.S. federal income tax consequences to purchasers of the Variable Contracts, see the prospectus for such Variable Contracts. Purchasers of Variable Contracts should also consult their tax advisors regarding specific questions as to federal, state and local taxes.
Federal Taxes. The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations regarding the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of the Portfolio. This summary does not address all of the potential U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be applicable to the Portfolio or to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special tax rules. Current and prospective shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the specific federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of investing in the Portfolio. The summary is based on the laws in effect on the date of this SAI and existing judicial and administrative interpretations thereof, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. Under the Code, the Portfolio is treated as a separate regulated investment company provided that the qualification requirements are met. To qualify as a regulated investment company, the Portfolio must, among other things, (a) derive at least 90% of its gross income in each taxable year from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or foreign currencies, other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and net income derived from interests in “qualified publicly traded partnerships” (“QPTPs”) (i.e., partnerships that are traded on an established securities market or tradable on a secondary market, other than partnerships that derive at least 90% of their income from interest, dividends, capital gains, and other traditionally permitted regulated investment company income); and (b) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the Portfolio’s taxable year, (i) at least 50% of the market value of the Portfolio’s assets is represented by cash, securities of other regulated investment companies, U.S. government securities and other securities, with such other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Portfolio’s assets and not greater than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of its assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or securities of other regulated investment companies) of any one issuer, any two or more issuers of which 20% or more of the voting stock is held by the Portfolio and that are determined to be engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses or in the securities of one or more QPTPs.
Certain of the Portfolio’s investments in MLPs may be considered QPTPs and, therefore, the extent to which the Portfolio may invest in MLPs is limited by the Portfolio’s intention to qualify as a regulated investment company. In addition, although in general the passive loss rules of the Code do not apply to regulated investment companies, such rules do apply to a regulated investment company with respect to items attributable to an interest in a QPTPs. Portfolio investments in partnerships, including in QPTPs, may result in the Portfolio being subject to state, local or foreign income, franchise or withholding tax liabilities.
So long as the Portfolio qualifies as a regulated investment company, the Portfolio will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the net investment company taxable income or net capital gains distributed to shareholders as ordinary income dividends or capital gain dividends, provided that it satisfies a minimum distribution requirement. To satisfy the minimum distribution requirement, a Portfolio must distribute to its shareholders at least the sum of (i) 90% of its “investment company taxable income” (i.e., income other than its net realized long-term capital gain over its net realized short-term capital loss), plus or minus certain adjustments, and (ii) 90% of its net tax-exempt income for the taxable year. However, any taxable income or gain the Portfolio does not distribute will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates. Dividends from net investment income and capital gain distributions, if any, are paid annually. All distributions are reinvested in shares (of the same class) of the Portfolio at NAV unless the transfer agent is instructed otherwise.
The Portfolio may be able to cure a failure to derive at least 90% of its income from the sources specified above or a failure to diversify its holdings in the manner described above by paying a tax, by disposing of certain assets, or by doing both of these things.
60
If, in any taxable year, the Portfolio fails to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code or fails to meet the distribution requirement and does not timely cure the failure, it will be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation and distributions to its shareholders will not be deductible by the Portfolio in computing its taxable income. In addition, in the event of a failure to qualify, the Portfolio’s distributions, to the extent derived from the Portfolio’s current or accumulated earnings and profits, including any distributions of net long-term capital gains, will be taxable to shareholders as dividend income. Moreover, if the Portfolio fails to qualify as a regulated investment company in any year, it must pay out its earnings and profits accumulated in that year in order to qualify again as a regulated investment company. If the Portfolio fails to qualify as a regulated investment company for a period greater than two taxable years, the Portfolio may be required to recognize any net built-in gains with respect to certain of its assets (i.e., the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized with respect to such assets if the Portfolio had been liquidated) if it qualifies as a regulated investment company in a subsequent year.
Further, if the Portfolio should fail to qualify as a regulated investment company, the Portfolio would be considered as a single investment, which may result in Variable Contracts invested in that Portfolio not being treated as annuity, endowment or life insurance contracts under the Code. All income and gain inside the Variable Contracts would be taxed currently to the holders, and the contracts would remain subject to taxation as ordinary income thereafter, even if the Portfolio became adequately diversified.
Generally, a regulated investment company must timely distribute substantially all of its ordinary income and capital gains in accordance with a calendar year distribution requirement in order to avoid imposition of a non-deductible 4% excise tax. However, the excise tax generally does not apply to a regulated investment company whose only shareholders are certain tax-exempt trusts or segregated asset accounts of life insurance companies held in connection with Variable Contracts. In order to avoid imposition of the excise tax, the Portfolio intends to qualify for this exemption or to comply with the calendar year distribution requirement.
In addition, the Portfolio intends to comply with the diversification requirements of Section 817(h) of the Code, which relate to the tax-deferred status of the Separate Accounts. To comply with U.S. Treasury Department regulations promulgated under Section 817(h) of the Code, the Portfolio will be required to diversify its investments so that on the last day of each calendar quarter or within 30 days thereafter no more than 55% of the value of its assets is represented by any one investment, no more than 70% is represented by any two investments, no more than 80% is represented by any three investments and no more than 90% is represented by any four investments. Generally, all securities of the same issuer are treated as a single investment. For the purposes of Section 817(h), obligations of the U.S. Treasury and of each U.S. government agency or instrumentality are treated as securities of separate issuers. In certain circumstances, each Separate Account will “look-through” its investment in qualifying regulated investment companies, partnerships or trusts and include its pro rata share of the investment companies’ investments in determining if it satisfies the diversification rule of Section 817(h). An alternative asset diversification test may be satisfied under certain circumstances.
The Portfolio may sell its shares directly to separate accounts established and maintained by insurance companies for the purpose of funding Variable Contracts and to certain qualified pension and retirement plans; if the Portfolio were to sell its shares to other categories of shareholders, the Portfolio may fail to comply with applicable U.S. Treasury Department requirements regarding investor control. If the Portfolio should fail to comply with the diversification requirements of Section 817(h) or with the investor control requirements, the contract owner would be treated as the owner of the shares and the contracts invested in the Portfolio would not be treated as annuity, endowment or life insurance contracts under the Code. All income and gain earned in past years and currently inside the contracts would be taxed currently to the holders, and income and gain would remain subject to taxation as ordinary income thereafter.
The Portfolio may invest in debt securities issued at a discount or providing for deferred interest, which may result in income to the Portfolio equal, generally, to a portion of the excess of the stated redemption price at maturity of the securities over the issue price thereof (“original issue discount”) each year that the securities are held, even though the Portfolio receives no actual interest payments thereon. Original issue discount is treated as income earned by the Portfolio and, therefore, is subject to distribution requirements of the Code applicable to regulated investment companies. Since the original issue discount income earned by the Portfolio in a taxable year may not be represented by cash income, the Portfolio may have to dispose of securities, which it might otherwise have continued to hold, or borrow to generate cash in order to satisfy its distribution requirements. In addition, the Portfolio’s investment in foreign currencies or foreign currency denominated or referenced debt securities and contingent payment or inflation-indexed debt instruments also may accelerate the Portfolio’s recognition of taxable income in excess of cash generated by such investments.
61
Options, forward contracts, futures contracts and foreign currency transactions entered into by the Portfolio will be subject to special tax rules. These rules may accelerate income to the Portfolio, defer Portfolio losses, cause adjustments in the holding periods of Portfolio securities, convert capital gain into ordinary income, and/or convert short-term capital losses into long-term capital losses. As a result, these rules could affect the amount, timing and character of distributions by the Portfolio.
In certain situations, the Portfolio may, for a taxable year, defer all or a portion of its net capital loss (or if there is no net capital loss then any net long-term or short-term capital loss) realized after October and its late-year ordinary loss (defined as the sum of the excess of post-October foreign currency and PFIC losses over post-October foreign currency and PFIC gains plus the excess of post-December ordinary losses over post-December ordinary income) until the next taxable year in computing its investment company taxable income and net capital gain, which will defer the recognition of such realized losses. Such deferrals and other rules regarding gains and losses realized after October (or December) may affect the tax character of shareholder distributions.
Under the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates that occur between the time the Portfolio accrues interest or other receivables or accrues expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time the Portfolio actually collects such receivables or pays such liabilities are treated as ordinary income or ordinary loss. Similarly, gains or losses from sales of currencies or dispositions of debt securities or certain forward contracts, futures contracts, options or similar financial instruments denominated in a foreign currency or determined by reference to the value of one or several foreign currencies also are treated as ordinary income or loss to the extent attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates.
To the extent the Portfolio holds residual interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICs”), certain types of income received by the Portfolio from REITs, REMICs, taxable mortgage pools or other investments may cause the Portfolio to designate some or all of its distributions as “excess inclusion income.” To shareholders of the Portfolio, such excess inclusion income may (1) constitute taxable income, as unrelated business taxable income; (2) not be offset by otherwise allowable deductions for tax purposes; (3) not be eligible for reduced U.S. withholding for non-U.S. shareholders even from tax treaty countries; and (4) cause the Portfolio to be subject to tax if certain “disqualified organizations” as defined by the Code are shareholders of the Portfolio.
MLPs are generally treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A change in current tax law, or a change in the business of a given MLP, could result in an MLP being treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes and subject to corporate level tax on its income, and could reduce the amount of cash available for distribution by the MLP to its unit holders, such as the Portfolio. The cash distributed to the Portfolio from the MLPs is anticipated to exceed the MLPs’ taxable income in some years. As the Portfolio’s minimum distribution requirements are based upon taxable income, the Portfolio may not distribute to shareholders all or any of the cash received from MLP investments.
The Code includes special rules applicable to the listed non-equity options, regulated futures contracts, and options on futures contracts that the Portfolio may write, purchase or sell. Such options and contracts are classified as “Section 1256 contracts” under the Code. The character of gain or loss resulting from the sale, disposition, closing out, expiration or other termination of Section 1256 contracts, except forward foreign currency exchange contracts, is generally treated as long-term capital gain or loss to the extent of 60% thereof and short-term capital gain or loss to the extent of 40% thereof (“60/40 gain or loss”). Such contracts, when held by the Portfolio at the end of a fiscal year, generally are required to be treated as sold at market value on the last day of such fiscal year for U.S. federal income tax purposes (“marked-to-market”). OTC options are not classified as Section 1256 contracts and are not subject to the marked-to-market rule or to 60/40 gain or loss treatment. Any gains or losses recognized by the Portfolio from transactions in OTC options written by the Portfolio generally constitute short-term capital gains or losses. Any gain or loss recognized by the Portfolio from transactions in OTC options purchased by the Portfolio generally has the same character as the property to which the option relates as in the hands of the Portfolio (or would have if acquired by the Portfolio). When call options written, or put options purchased, by the Portfolio are exercised, the gain or loss realized on the sale of the underlying securities may be either short-term or long-term, depending on the holding period of the securities. In determining the amount of such gain or loss, the sales proceeds are reduced by the premium paid for the OTC puts or increased by the premium received for OTC calls.
62
A substantial portion of the Portfolio’s transactions in options, futures contracts and options on futures contracts, particularly its hedging transactions, may constitute “straddles,” which are defined in the Code as offsetting positions with respect to personal property. A straddle in which at least one (but not all) of the positions is a Section 1256 contract would constitute a “mixed straddle” under the Code. The Code generally provides with respect to straddles (i) “loss deferral” rules that may postpone recognition for tax purposes of losses from certain closing purchase transactions or other dispositions of a position in the straddle to the extent of unrealized gains in the offsetting position, (ii) “wash sale” rules that may postpone recognition for tax purposes of losses where a position is sold and a new offsetting position is acquired within a prescribed period, (iii) “short sale” rules that may suspend the holding period of securities owned by the Portfolio when offsetting positions are established, which may convert certain losses from short-term to long-term, and (iv) “conversion transaction” rules that may treat all or a portion of the gain on a transaction as ordinary income rather than as capital gains. The Code provides that certain elections may be made for mixed straddles that can alter the character of the capital gain or loss recognized upon disposition of positions that form part of a straddle. Certain other elections also are provided in the Code; no determination has been reached to make any of these elections.
Code Section 1259 requires the recognition of gain if the Portfolio makes a “constructive sale” of an appreciated financial position (e.g., stock). The Portfolio generally will be considered to make a constructive sale of an appreciated financial position if it sells the same or substantially identical property short, enters into a futures or Forward Contract to deliver the same or substantially identical property, or enters into certain other similar transactions. Under the “wash sale” rule, losses incurred by the Portfolio on the sale of (or on a contract or option to sell) stock or securities are not deductible if, within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the date of the sale, the Portfolio acquires or has entered into a contract or option to acquire stock or securities that are substantially identical. In such a case, the basis of the stock or securities acquired by the Portfolio will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.
In general, gain or loss on a short sale, to the extent permitted, is recognized when the Portfolio closes the sale by delivering the borrowed property to the lender, not when the borrowed property is sold. Gain or loss from a short sale is generally considered as capital gain or loss to the extent that the property used to close the short sale constitutes a capital asset in the Portfolio’s hands. Except with respect to certain situations where the property used by the Portfolio to close a short sale has a long-term holding period on the date of the short sale, special rules would generally treat the gains on short sales as short-term capital gains. These rules may also terminate the running of the holding period of “substantially identical property” held by the Portfolio. Moreover, a loss on a short sale will be treated as a long-term capital loss if, on the date of the short sale, “substantially identical property” has been held by the Portfolio for more than one year. In general, the Portfolio will not be permitted to deduct payments made to reimburse the lender of securities for dividends paid on borrowed stock if the short sale is closed on or before the 45th day after the short sale is entered into.
As a result of entering into swap contracts, the Portfolio may make or receive periodic net payments. The Portfolio may also make or receive a payment when a swap is terminated prior to maturity through an assignment of the swap or other closing transaction. Periodic net payments will generally constitute ordinary income or deductions, while termination of a swap will generally result in capital gain or loss (which will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the Portfolio has been a party to the swap for more than one year). With respect to certain types of swaps, the Portfolio may be required to currently recognize income or loss with respect to future payments on such swaps or may elect under certain circumstances to mark such swaps to market annually for tax purposes as ordinary income or loss.
A PFIC is a foreign corporation that, in general, meets either of the following tests: (a) at least 75% of its gross income is passive or (b) an average of at least 50% of its assets produce, or are held for the production of, passive income. If the Portfolio acquires and holds stock in a PFIC beyond the end of the year of its acquisition, the Portfolio will be subject to federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” received on the stock or on any gain from disposition of the stock (collectively, the “PFIC income”), plus certain interest charges, even if the Portfolio distributes the PFIC income as a taxable dividend to its shareholders. The balance of the PFIC income will be included in the Portfolio’s investment company taxable income and, accordingly, will not be taxable to it to the extent that income is distributed to its shareholders. The Portfolio may make a mark-to-market election with respect to any stock it holds of a PFIC, if such stock is marketable (as defined by the Code for purposes of such election). For these purposes, all stock in a PFIC that is owned directly or indirectly by a regulated investment company is treated as marketable stock. If the election is in effect, at the end of the Portfolio’s taxable year, the Portfolio will recognize annually the amount
63
of mark-to-market gains, if any, with respect to PFIC stock as ordinary income. The Portfolio will recognize ordinary loss on the marking to market of PFIC stock, only to the extent of mark-to-market gains recognized in prior years.. Alternatively, the Portfolio may elect to treat any PFIC in which it invests as a “qualified electing fund,” in which case, in lieu of the foregoing tax and interest obligation, the Portfolio will be required to include in its income each year its pro rata share of the qualified electing fund’s annual ordinary earnings and net capital gain, even if they are not distributed to the Portfolio; those amounts would be subject to the distribution requirements applicable to the Portfolio described above. In order to make this election, the Portfolio would be required to obtain certain information from the PFIC, which, in many cases, may be difficult to do.
Income received by the Portfolio from sources within foreign countries may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by such countries. Income tax treaties between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes. It is impossible to determine in advance the effective rate of foreign tax to which the Portfolio will be subject, since the amount of the Portfolio’s assets to be invested in various countries is not known and is expected to vary. Shareholders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding specific questions as to federal, state and local and foreign taxes.
If the Portfolio receives dividend income from U.S. sources, it will annually report certain amounts of its dividends paid as eligible for the dividends-received deduction, and if the Portfolio incurs foreign taxes, it will elect to pass-through allowable foreign tax credits. These reports and elections will benefit the Life Companies, in potentially material amounts, and will not beneficially or adversely affect you or the Portfolio. The benefits to the Life Companies will not be passed to you or the Portfolio.
For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2026, the Portfolio had no capital loss carry-forwards.
Capital loss carry-forwards are not subject to expiration and retain their character as either short-term or long-term. The utilization of such losses may be subject to annual limitations under the Code. In the event that the Portfolio were to experience an ownership change as defined under the Code, the Portfolio’s capital loss carry-forwards, if any, may be subject to limitation.
SHARES OF THE TRUST
The Trust is organized as a Massachusetts business trust. A Massachusetts business trust is a voluntary association with transferable shares that is established under and governed by its declaration of trust. The Portfolio offers Class 1, Class 2 and/or Class 3 shares.
Some of the more significant provisions of the Trust’s Declaration are described below. The descriptions of these provisions are qualified in their entirety by reference to the Declaration, which is incorporated herein by reference to this registration statement.
Shareholder Voting
The Declaration provides for shareholder voting as required by the 1940 Act or other applicable laws but otherwise permits, consistent with Massachusetts law, actions by the Trustees without seeking the consent of shareholders. The Trustees may, without shareholder approval, amend the Declaration or authorize the merger or consolidation of the Trust into another trust or entity, reorganize the Trust or any portfolio or class into another trust or entity or a series or class of another entity, sell all or substantially all of the assets of the Trust or any portfolio or class to another entity, or a series or class of another entity, or terminate the Trust or any portfolio or class. These provisions would permit a portfolio to pursue its investment program through one or more subsidiary vehicles or to operate in a master-feeder or fund-of-funds structure.
The Trust is not required to hold an annual meeting of shareholders, but the Trust will call special meetings of shareholders whenever required by the 1940 Act or by the terms of the Declaration. The Trust’s By-laws provide that a shareholder meeting will be called upon the written request of the shareholders holding shares representing, in the aggregate, not less than one-third of the outstanding shares, subject to certain conditions, including the payment of certain expenses.
64
All shareholders of record of all portfolios and classes of the Trust vote together, except where required by the 1940 Act to vote separately by portfolio or by class, or when the Trustees have determined that a matter affects only the interests of one or more portfolios or classes of shares.
Election and Removal of Trustees
The Declaration provides that the Trustees may establish the number of Trustees, and that vacancies on the Board may be filled by the remaining Trustees, except when election of Trustees by the shareholders is required under the 1940 Act. Trustees are then elected by a plurality of votes cast by shareholders at a meeting at which a quorum is present. The Declaration also provides that a mandatory retirement age may be set by action of the Trustees and that Trustees may be removed, with or without cause, by a vote of shareholders holding two-thirds of the voting power of the Trust, or by a vote of two-thirds of the remaining Trustees. The provisions of the Declaration relating to the election and removal of Trustees may not be amended without the approval of two-thirds of the Trustees then in office.
Amendments to the Declaration
The Trustees are authorized to amend the Declaration without the vote of shareholders, but no amendment may be made that impairs the exemption from personal liability granted in the Declaration to persons who are or have been shareholders, Trustees, officers or employees of the Trust or that limits the rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance provided in the Declaration with respect to actions or omissions of persons entitled to indemnification, advancement of expenses or insurance under the Declaration prior to the amendment.
Issuance and Redemption of Shares
The Trust may issue an unlimited number of shares for such consideration and on such terms as the Trustees may determine. Shareholders are not entitled to any appraisal rights with respect to their shares, and except as the Trustees may determine, are not entitled to preemptive, conversion, exchange or similar rights. The Trust may involuntarily redeem a shareholder’s shares upon certain conditions as may be determined by the Trustees, including, for example, if the shareholder fails to provide the Trust with identification required by law, or if the Trust is unable to verify the information received from the shareholder. Additionally, as discussed below, shares may be redeemed in connection with the closing of small accounts.
Disclosure of Shareholder Holdings
The Declaration specifically requires shareholders, upon demand, to disclose to the Trust information with respect to the direct and indirect ownership of shares in order to comply with various laws or regulations, and the Trust may disclose such ownership if required by law or regulation, or as the Trustees otherwise decide.
Small Accounts
The Declaration provides that the Trust may close out a shareholder’s account by redeeming all of the shares in the account if the account falls below a minimum account size (which may vary by class) that may be set by the Trustees from time to time. Alternately, the Declaration permits the Trust to assess a fee for small accounts (which may vary by class) and redeem shares in the account to cover such fees, or convert the shares into another share class that is geared to smaller accounts.
Portfolios and Classes
The Declaration provides that the Trustees may establish portfolios and classes in addition to those currently established and to determine the rights and preferences, limitations and restrictions, including qualifications for ownership, conversion and exchange features, minimum purchase and account size, expenses and charges, and other features of the portfolios and classes. The Trustees may change any of those features, terminate any portfolio or class, combine portfolios with other portfolios in the Trust, combine one or more classes of a portfolio with another class in that portfolio or convert the shares of one class into shares of another class.
65
Each share of the Portfolio, as a series of the Trust, represents an interest in the Portfolio only and not in the assets of any other series of the Trust.
Shareholder, Trustee and Officer Liability
Under Massachusetts law, shareholders of the Trust could, under certain circumstances, be held personally liable for the Trust’s obligations. The Declaration, however, provides that shareholders are not personally liable for the obligations of the Trust and requires the Trust to indemnify a shareholder against any loss or expense arising from any such liability. The Trust will assume the defense of any claim against a shareholder for personal liability at the request of the shareholder.
The Declaration further provides that a Trustee acting in his or her capacity as a Trustee is not personally liable to any person, other than the Trust or any portfolio, in connection with the affairs of the Trust or any portfolio, and that a Trustee, officer or employee is liable to the Trust and any portfolio only for his or her bad faith, willful misfeasance, gross negligence or reckless disregard of his or her duties. The Declaration also provides that Trustees and officers are not liable for errors of judgment or mistakes of fact or law.
The Declaration requires the Trust to indemnify any persons who are or who have been Trustees, officers or employees of the Trust for any liability for actions or failure to act except to the extent prohibited by applicable federal law. The Declaration also provides for the advancement of expenses, subject to certain conditions and undertakings, in connection with any such claims, actions, suits or proceedings (including investigations, regulatory inquiries, proceedings or any other occurrence of a similar nature, whether actual or threatened). In making any determination as to whether any person is entitled to the advancement of expenses or indemnification, such person is entitled to a rebuttable presumption that he or she did not engage in conduct for which indemnification is not available. Any Trustee who serves as chair of the board or of a committee of the board, lead independent Trustee, or audit committee financial expert, or in any other similar capacity, will not be subject to any greater standard of care or liability because of such position. The provisions of the Declaration with respect to indemnification of covered persons do not affect any rights under any contract such persons might have with respect to indemnification by the Trust.
Derivative and Direct Actions
The Declaration provides a detailed process for the bringing of actions by shareholders in order to permit legitimate inquiries and claims while avoiding the time, expense, distraction, and other harm that can be caused to the Trust or its shareholders as a result of spurious shareholder claims, demands, and derivative actions. Prior to bringing an action, a shareholder must first make a demand on the Trustees. The Declaration details information, certifications, undertakings and acknowledgements that must be included in the demand. The Trustees are not required to consider a demand that is not submitted in accordance with the requirements contained in the Declaration. The Declaration also requires that, in order to bring a derivative action, the complaining shareholder must be joined in the action by shareholders owning, at the time of the alleged wrongdoing, at the time of demand, and at the time the action is commenced, shares representing at least 5% of the voting power of the affected portfolio.
The Trustees have a period of 90 days, which may be extended by an additional 60 days, to consider the demand. If a majority of the Trustees who are considered independent for the purposes of considering the demand determine that a suit should be maintained, then the Trust will commence the suit and the suit will proceed directly and not derivatively. If a majority of the Independent Trustees determine that maintaining the suit would not be in the best interests of the portfolio, the Trustees are required to reject the demand and the complaining shareholders may not proceed with the derivative action unless the shareholders are able to sustain the burden of proof to a court that the decision of the Trustees not to pursue the requested action was not a good-faith exercise of their business judgment on behalf of the Trust. Trustees are not considered to have a personal financial interest in an action by virtue of being compensated for their services as board members of the Trust or of affiliated funds, or by virtue of the amount of their remuneration.
If a demand is rejected, the complaining shareholder will be responsible for the costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Trust in connection with the Trust’s consideration of the demand if a court determines that the demand was made without reasonable cause or for an improper purpose. A shareholder may not bring a direct action claiming injury as a shareholder of the Trust, or an affected portfolio, where the matters alleged (if true) would give rise to a claim by the Trust or by the Trust on behalf of an affected portfolio, unless the shareholder has suffered
66
an injury distinct from that suffered by the shareholders of the Trust, or the affected portfolio, generally. If a derivative or direct action is brought in violation of the Declaration, the shareholders bringing the action may be responsible for the Trust’s costs, including attorneys’ fees.
The Declaration further provides that the Trust shall be responsible for payment of attorneys’ fees and legal expenses incurred by a shareholder bringing a derivative or direct action only if required by law, and any attorneys’ fees that the Trust is obligated to pay shall be calculated using reasonable hourly rates.
The Declaration requires that any action commenced by a shareholder be brought in the U.S. District Court for the District of Massachusetts (Boston Division) or, if that is not a proper forum, then such action must be brought in the Business Litigation Session of Suffolk Superior Court in Massachusetts. In addition, trial by jury is waived to the fullest extent permitted by law.
The classes of shares of the Portfolio are identical in all respects, except that (i) each class may bear differing amounts of certain class-specific expenses; (ii) Class 2 and Class 3 shares are subject to service fees; and (iii) Class 2 and Class 3 shares have voting rights on matters that pertain to the Rule 12b-1 Plan adopted with respect to Class 2 and Class 3 shares.
Shares of the Trust are owned through the Life Companies’ separate accounts, through SDAP and SDSP of SAST, and through the Seasons Managed Allocation Portfolios of the Trust for which SunAmerica serves as investment adviser and that are managed as “funds-of-funds.” As of April 7, 2026, the ownership of the Portfolio’s shares is as follows:
| Class |
AGL | USL | VALIC | SDAP | SDSP | Seasons Managed Allocation Portfolios |
||||||||||||||||||
| Class 1 |
2.34 | % | 0.00 | % | 0.00 | % | 58.92 | % | 30.01 | % | 8.73 | % | ||||||||||||
| Class 2 |
100.00 | % | 0.00 | % | 0.00 | % | 0.00 | % | 0.00 | % | 0.00 | % | ||||||||||||
| Class 3 |
98.47 | % | 1.53 | % | 0.00 | % | 0.00 | % | 0.00 | % | 0.00 | % | ||||||||||||
AGL’s address is 2727-A Allen Parkway, Houston, Texas 77019. USL’s address is 1133 Avenue of the Americas, 33rd Floor, New York, New York 10036. VALIC’s address is 2919 Allen Parkway, 8th Floor, Houston, Texas 77019. SDAP and SDSP are each a series of the SAST and their address is 5300 Memorial Drive, Suite 1150, Houston, Texas 77007. The Seasons Managed Allocation Portfolios, each a series of the Trust, consist of SA Allocation Balanced Portfolio, SA Allocation Growth Portfolio, SA Allocation Moderate Growth Portfolio and SA Allocation Moderate Portfolio and their address is 5300 Memorial Drive, Suite 1150, Houston, Texas 77007.
PORTFOLIO TURNOVER
The Portfolio may purchase and sell securities whenever necessary to seek to accomplish its investment objective. Portfolio turnover generally involves some expense to the Portfolio and its shareholders, including brokerage commissions and other transaction costs on the purchase and sale of securities and reinvestment in other securities. The Portfolio’s turnover rate would equal 100% if each security in the Portfolio was replaced once per year.
PRICE OF SHARES
Shares of the Trust are currently offered only to the Separate Accounts of the Life Companies and to funds-of-funds. The Trust is open for business on any day the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) is open for business. Shares are valued each day as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE (generally, 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time). The Portfolio calculates the NAV of each class of its shares separately by dividing the total value of its net assets of each class by the number of such class shares outstanding. The Board has designated SunAmerica as its “valuation designee,” subject to its oversight. SunAmerica utilizes the Portfolio’s policies and procedures (the “PRC Procedures”) for
67
valuing the securities and other assets held by the Portfolio, including procedures for the fair valuation securities and other assets for which market quotations are not readily available or are unreliable. The PRC Procedures provide for the establishment of a pricing review committee that is responsible for, among other things, making certain determinations in connection with the Portfolio’s fair valuation procedures. There is no single standard for making fair value determinations, which may result in prices that vary from those of other portfolios. A description of the pricing procedures that are generally used to value the securities held by the Portfolio are described below.
Stocks are generally valued based upon closing sales prices reported on recognized securities exchanges on which the securities are principally traded. Stocks listed on the NASDAQ are valued using the NASDAQ Official Closing Price (“NOCP”). Generally, the NOCP will be the last sale price unless the reported trade for the stock is outside the range of the bid/ask price. In such cases, the NOCP will be normalized to the nearer of the bid or ask price. For listed securities having no sales reported and for unlisted securities, such securities will be valued based upon the last reported bid price.
As of the close of regular trading on the NYSE, securities traded primarily on exchanges outside the United States are valued at the last sale price on such exchanges on the day of valuation, or if there is no sale on the day of valuation, at the last-reported bid price. If a security’s price is available from more than one exchange, the Portfolio uses the exchange that is the primary market for the security. However, depending on the foreign market, closing prices may be up to 15 hours old when they are used to price the Portfolio’s shares, and the Portfolio may determine that certain closing prices do not reflect the fair value of the security. This determination will be based on the review of a number of factors, including developments in foreign markets, the performance of U.S. securities markets, and the performance of instruments trading in U.S. markets that represent foreign securities and baskets of foreign securities. If the Portfolio determines that closing prices do not reflect the fair value of the securities, the Portfolio will adjust the previous closing prices in accordance with the Portfolio’s pricing procedures adopted by the Board to reflect what it believes to be the fair value of the securities as of the close of regular trading on the NYSE. The Portfolio may also fair value securities in other situations, for example, when a particular foreign market is closed but the Portfolio is open. For foreign equity securities the Portfolio uses an outside pricing service to provide it with closing market prices and information used for adjusting those prices.
Futures contracts traded on national exchanges are valued at the quoted daily settlement price established by the exchange on which they trade as reported by a pricing service. Option contracts traded on national exchanges are valued at the mean of the last bid and ask price reported by a pricing service as of the close of the exchange for which they are traded. Option contracts traded OTC are valued at the mid-valuation provided by a pricing service. Swaptions and other option derivatives (i.e., straddle options) are valued at a mid-valuation provided by a pricing service. Swap contracts traded on national exchanges are valued at the closing price of the exchange on which they are traded or if a closing price of the exchange is not available, the swap will be valued using a mid-valuation provided by a pricing service. Swap contracts traded OTC will be valued at a mid-valuation provided by a Board-approved pricing service. Investments in registered investment companies that do not trade on an exchange are valued at the end of day NAV. Investments in registered investment companies that trade on an exchange are valued at the last sales price or official closing price as of the close of the customary trading session on the exchange where the security is principally traded.
Bonds, debentures, and other debt securities are valued at evaluated bid prices obtained for the day of valuation from a pricing service approved by the valuation designee. The pricing services may use valuation models or matrix pricing, which considers information with respect to comparable bond and note transactions, quotations from bond dealers, or by reference to other securities that are considered comparable in such characteristics as rating, interest rate, and maturity date, option-adjusted spreads models, prepayments projections, interest-rate spreads, and yield curves to determine current value. Typically, these securities are valued assuming orderly transactions of institutional round lot sizes, but the Portfolio may hold or, from time to time, transact in such securities in smaller, odd lot sizes in which case they may be fair valued in accordance with pricing procedures adopted by the Board.
Senior floating-rate loans are valued at the average of available bids in the market for such loans, as provided by a loan pricing service approved by the valuation designee.
Other securities are valued on the basis of last sale or bid price (if a last sale price is not available) which is, in the opinion of the Adviser, available from the broadest and most representative market, that may be either a securities exchange or OTC market.
68
Each business day, the Portfolio’s NAV is transmitted electronically to insurance companies that use the Portfolio as an underlying investment option for Variable Contracts.
EXECUTION OF PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE
As discussed in the Prospectus, the Adviser or a Subadviser is responsible for decisions to buy and sell securities for the Portfolio, selection of broker-dealers and negotiation of commission rates. Orders may be directed to any broker-dealer including, to the extent and in the manner permitted by applicable law, an affiliated brokerage subsidiary of SunAmerica.
It is the policy of the Trust, in effecting transactions in portfolio securities, to seek the best execution at the most favorable prices. The determination of what may constitute best execution involves a number of considerations, including, without limitation: the economic result to the Portfolio (involving both price paid or received and any commissions and other costs); the value of the expected contribution of the broker through brokerage and research services to the investment performance of the Portfolio and other clients of the Adviser or a Subadviser through client commission benefits, as discussed below; the timeliness and efficiency with which the transaction is effected where a large block is involved; the availability of the broker to stand ready to execute potentially difficult transactions; and the financial strength, reliability, integrity, operational capabilities and stability of the broker. Such considerations are judgmental and are considered in determining the overall reasonableness of brokerage commissions paid. Sales of Portfolio shares are not considered in the selection of a broker to execute transactions in portfolio securities for the Portfolio.
A factor in the selection of brokers is the receipt of research services-analyses and reports concerning markets, issuers, industries, securities, economic factors and trends-and other statistical and factual information. Research services may come in the form of research reports via electronic delivery or print, oral discussions and personal meetings with securities analysts, corporate and industry spokespersons, and access to various computer-generated data. Research and other statistical and factual information provided by brokers is considered to be in addition to and not in lieu of services required to be performed by the Adviser or a Subadviser.
The Adviser or a Subadviser may cause the Portfolio to pay broker-dealers commissions that exceed what other broker-dealers may have charged for executing the same transaction, if in its view the greater commission is reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and/or research services provided by the broker-dealer to the Adviser or a Subadviser viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the overall responsibilities of the Adviser or a Subadviser. No specific value can be determined for research services furnished without cost to the Adviser or a Subadviser by a broker. The Adviser or a Subadviser is of the opinion that because the material must be analyzed and reviewed by its staff, its receipt does not tend to reduce expenses, but may be beneficial in supplementing the Adviser or a Subadviser’s research and analysis. However, to the extent that research services of value are provided by broker-dealers with or through whom the Adviser or a Subadviser places the Portfolio’s portfolio transactions, the Adviser or a Subadviser may be relieved of expenses it might otherwise bear. The Adviser or a Subadviser does not seek to allocate to any particular client account the relative costs or benefits of research services received from a broker-dealer. Rather, the Adviser or a Subadviser believes that any research services received from a broker-dealer are, in the aggregate, of assistance to the Adviser or a Subadviser in fulfilling its overall responsibilities to its clients. Therefore, it may tend to benefit the Portfolio by improving the quality of the Adviser or a Subadviser’s investment advice. Accordingly, research services furnished by broker-dealers may be used in servicing some or all client accounts and not all services may be used in connection with the Portfolio or account that paid commissions to the broker-dealer providing such services. As discussed below, certain transactions do not generate brokerage commissions and therefore client accounts that trade in such assets, including the Portfolio, may benefit from, or be “cross-subsidized” by, research services received by the Adviser or a Subadviser through accounts that pay brokerage commissions. The investment advisory fees paid by the Portfolio are not reduced because the Adviser or a Subadviser receives such services. When making purchases of underwritten issues with fixed underwriting fees, the Adviser or a Subadviser may designate the use of broker-dealers who have agreed to provide the Adviser or a Subadviser with certain statistical, research and other information.
69
Although the objectives of other accounts or investment companies that the Adviser or a Subadviser manages may differ from those of the Portfolio, it is possible that, at times, identical securities will be acceptable for purchase by the Portfolio and one or more other accounts or investment companies that the Adviser or a Subadviser manages. However, the position of each account or company in the securities of the same issuer may vary with the length of time that each account or company may choose to hold its investment in those securities. The timing and amount of purchase by each account and company will also be determined by its cash position. If the purchase or sale of a security is consistent with the investment policies of the Portfolio and one or more of these other accounts or companies is considered at or about the same time, transactions in such securities will be allocated in a manner deemed equitable by the Adviser or a Subadviser. The Adviser or a Subadviser may combine such transactions, in accordance with applicable laws and regulations, where the size of the transaction would enable it to negotiate a better price or reduced commission. However, simultaneous transactions could adversely affect the ability of the Portfolio to obtain or dispose of the full amount of a security that it seeks to purchase or sell, or the price at which such security can be purchased or sold.
Certain transactions in portfolio securities may be principal transactions with issuers and dealers at net prices which entail no brokerage commissions, while other transactions such as those on a national securities exchange are on an agency basis. When the Portfolio purchases or sells securities or financial futures on an exchange, it pays a commission to any broker or futures commission merchant executing the transaction. When the Portfolio purchases securities from a market-maker, it pays no commission but the price includes a “spread” or “mark-up” (between the bid and asked price) earned by the market-making dealer on the transaction. In the OTC market, securities are generally traded on a “net” basis with dealers acting as principal for their own accounts without a stated commission (although the price of the security usually includes a profit to the dealer). In underwritten offerings, securities are purchased at a fixed price, which includes an amount of compensation to the underwriter, generally referred to as the underwriter’s concession or discount. On occasion, certain money market instruments may be purchased directly from an issuer, in which case no commissions or discounts are paid.
The Adviser or a Subadviser may effect portfolio transactions through an affiliated broker-dealer, if applicable, acting as an agent and not as principal, in accordance with Rule 17e-1 under the 1940 Act and other applicable securities laws. The Trust has obtained an exemptive order from the SEC, permitting the Trust in certain circumstances to deal with securities dealers (that may be deemed to be affiliated persons of affiliated persons of the Trust solely because of a subadvisory relationship with one or more portfolios) as a principal in purchases and sales of certain securities, and to pay commissions, fees or other remuneration to such securities dealers in connection with the sale of securities to or by any of the portfolios on a securities exchange without complying with certain of the requirements of Rule 17e-1 under the 1940 Act.
Commission Recapture Program. The Trust has established a commission recapture program. The Board determined that a commission recapture program is in the best interest of the Portfolio and its shareholders and therefore has conveyed that information to a Subadviser. A commission recapture program includes those arrangements under which products or services (other than execution of securities transactions) or commissions are recaptured for a client from or through a broker-dealer, in exchange for directing the client’s brokerage transactions to that broker-dealer who commits to returning a portion of its commission to the Portfolio. The Portfolio may participate in a commission recapture program, provided the Portfolio Manager(s) can obtain the best price and execution for trades. Thus, the Portfolio may benefit from the products or services or recaptured commissions obtained through the commission recapture program, although there may be other transaction costs, greater spreads, or less favorable net prices on transactions. As long as the trader executing the transaction for the Portfolio indicates that this is a commission recapture transaction, the Portfolio will get a percentage of commissions paid on either domestic trades or international trades credited back to the Portfolio. The brokerage of one portfolio will not be used to help pay the expenses, or otherwise recaptured for the benefit, of any other portfolio. SunAmerica will continue to waive its fees or reimburse expenses for any portfolio for which it has agreed to do so. All expenses paid through the commission recapture program will be over and above such waivers and/or reimbursements, so that SunAmerica will not receive any direct or indirect economic benefit from the commission recapture program.
The following table reflects the commission recapture activity for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2026.
| 2026 | ||
| Amount ($) | % of Net Assets | |
| $1,443 | 0.00% | |
70
Brokerage Commissions
The following tables set forth the brokerage commissions paid by the Portfolio and the amounts of the brokerage commissions paid to affiliated broker-dealers of the Portfolio for the past three fiscal years.
| Year |
Aggregate Brokerage Commissions |
Amount Paid to Affiliated Broker-Dealers |
Percentage of Commissions Paid to Affiliated Broker-Dealers |
Percentage of Amount of Transactions Involving Payment of Commissions to Affiliated Broker- Dealers |
||||||||||||
| 2026 |
$ | 48,894 | — | — | — | |||||||||||
| 2025 |
$ | 75,088 | — | — | — | |||||||||||
| 2024 |
$ | 89,859 | — | — | — | |||||||||||
In addition, for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2026, the Portfolio directed the following amounts of portfolio securities transactions, and commissions paid thereon, to broker-dealers which provided research services to the Subadvisers.
| Gross Dollar Value of Purchase/Sales Directed to Research Providers |
Dollar Amount of Commissions Directed to Research Providers | |
| $194,566,793 | $17,922 |
The policy of the Trust with respect to brokerage is reviewed by the Board from time-to-time. Because of the possibility of further regulatory developments affecting the securities exchanges and brokerage practices generally, the foregoing practices may be modified.
The following table sets forth the value of the Portfolio’s holdings of securities of the Trust’s regular brokers and dealers (as defined under Rule 10b-1 under the 1940 Act) and their parents as of March 31, 2026.
| Broker Dealer |
Debt/Equity | (Amount ($) 000’s) | ||||||
| Bank of America Corp. |
D | $ | 220 | |||||
| Bank of America Corp. |
E | 1,210 | ||||||
| Barclays PLC |
D | 245 | ||||||
| Bank of New York Mellon Corp. |
E | 726 | ||||||
| BNP Paribas SA |
D | 235 | ||||||
| Citigroup, Inc |
E | 744 | ||||||
| Deutsche Bank AG |
D | 220 | ||||||
| Goldman, Sachs & Co. |
E | 332 | ||||||
| JPMorgan Chase & Co. |
E | 6,220 | ||||||
| State Street Bank & Trust Co. |
E | 455 | ||||||
The Adviser and the Subadvisers and their respective affiliates may manage, or have proprietary interests in, accounts with similar, dissimilar or the same investment objectives as one or more portfolios of the Trust. Such accounts may or may not be in competition with the Portfolio for investments. Investment decisions for such accounts are based on criteria relevant to such accounts; portfolio decisions and results of the Portfolio’s investments may differ from those of such other accounts. There is no obligation to make available for use in managing the Portfolio any information or strategies used or developed in managing such accounts. In addition, when two or more accounts seek to purchase or sell the same assets, the assets actually purchased or sold may be allocated among accounts on a good-faith equitable basis at the discretion of the account’s adviser. In some cases, this system may adversely affect the price or size of the position obtainable for the Portfolio.
If determined by the Adviser or the Subadviser to be beneficial to the interests of the Trust, partners and/or employees of the Adviser or Subadviser may serve on investment advisory committees, which will consult with the Adviser regarding investment objectives and strategies for the Trust. In connection with serving on such a committee, such persons may receive information regarding the Portfolio’s proposed investment activities that is not generally available to unaffiliated market participants, and there will be no obligation on the part of such persons to make available for use in managing the Portfolio any information or strategies known to them or developed in connection with their other activities.
71
It is possible that the Portfolio’s holdings may include securities of entities for which the Subadviser or its affiliate performs investment banking services as well as securities of entities in which the Subadviser or its affiliate makes a market. From time to time, such activities may limit the Portfolio’s flexibility in purchases and sales of securities. When the Subadviser or its affiliate is engaged in an underwriting or other distribution of securities of an entity, the Subadviser may be prohibited from purchasing or recommending the purchase of certain securities of that entity for the Portfolio.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Custodian
State Street, One Congress Street, Suite 1, Boston, Massachusetts 02114, serves as the Trust’s custodian. In this capacity, State Street maintains the portfolio securities held by the Trust, administers the purchase and sale of portfolio securities and performs certain other duties.
Transfer Agent
VALIC Retirement Services Company, 2919 Allen Parkway, 8th Floor, Houston, Texas 77019, is the Trust’s transfer and dividend disbursing agent pursuant to the Master Transfer Agency and Service Agreement (“Service Agreement”). The Service Agreement provides for a combined annual payment of $150,000 by the Trust and SAST for transfer agency and related services. The transfer agency charge will be allocated based on the number of shareholders per each Trust.
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm and Legal Counsel
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (“PwC”), 1000 Louisiana Street, Suite 5800, Houston, TX 77002-5678, serves as the Trust’s independent registered public accounting firm and in that capacity examines the annual financial statements of the Trust.
The firm of Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, New York 10019-6099, serves as legal counsel to the Trust.
Reports to Shareholders
Persons having a beneficial interest in the Trust are provided at least semi-annually with reports showing the investments of the Portfolio, financial statements and other information. The Trust files schedules of its portfolio holdings with the SEC for the first and third quarters of each fiscal year (June 30th and December 31st) on Form N-PORT. Shareholders may obtain Form N-PORT by visiting the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.
PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
Proxy Voting Responsibility. The Trust has adopted policies and procedures for the voting of proxies relating to Portfolio securities (the “Policies”). The Policies were drafted according to recommendations from SunAmerica, its affiliates and an independent proxy voting firm. The Policies enable the Trust to vote proxies in a manner consistent with the best interests of the Portfolio and the Portfolio’s shareholders. A committee has been established (the “Proxy Voting Committee”) to administer the voting of Portfolio proxies in accordance with the Policies. The Proxy Voting Committee will consist of (i) a member of the Investment Management Department, (ii) at least one member of SunAmerica’s Compliance Department and (iii) at least one person with respect to SunAmerica who oversees the Portfolio’s subadvisers (or their designees).
The Proxy Voting Committee’s practice is generally not to vote in circumstances where, in its determination, the cost of voting exceeds the expected benefit of voting a particular proxy. In addition, in accordance with local law or business practices, many foreign companies prevent the sales of shares that have been voted for a certain period beginning prior to the shareholder meeting and ending on the day following the meeting. The Board has determined
72
that the costs of voting proxies with respect to such shares of foreign companies generally outweigh any benefits that may be achieved by voting such proxies. The costs of voting such proxies include the potentially serious portfolio management consequences of reduced flexibility to sell the shares at the most advantageous time for the Portfolio. Additional costs of voting securities which might outweigh the benefits include hiring a lawyer who practices law in a certain country; hiring a translator; traveling to the foreign country to vote the security in person; or costs associated with documents that may need to be consularized or apostilled, such as powers of attorney. As a result, such proxies generally will not be voted in the absence of an unusual, significant vote of compelling economic importance. In addition, there may be certain circumstances where voting may be impossible or impractical, including but not limited to: sufficient information about a meeting proposal is not available to the Portfolio prior to the voting deadline; government sanctions are or may be in effect; and there are market-specific impediments that impair the Portfolio’s ability to cast votes, such as untimely vote cut-off dates, power of attorney and share re-registration requirements.
Case-By-Case Voting Matters. The Proxy Voting Committee has established proxy voting guidelines (the “Guidelines”) according to recommendations from SunAmerica and the independent proxy voting firm. The Guidelines identify certain vote items to be determined on a case-by-case basis and certain vote items that will be voted upon in accordance with the standards set out in the Guidelines. With respect to vote items to be determined on a case-by-case basis and with respect to proposals not specifically addressed by the Policies, the Proxy Voting Committee will generally rely on the guidance or a recommendation from the independent proxy voting firm, but may also rely on any of the subadvisers of the Portfolio, or other sources. The Adviser or subadvisers of the Portfolio may propose to deviate from the Guidelines or guidance or recommendations from the independent proxy voting firm. The Proxy Voting Committee in these instances will recommend the vote that it believes will maximize value for, and is in the best interests of, Portfolio shareholders.
Examples of the Portfolio’s Positions on Voting Matters. Consistent with the approaches described above, the following are examples of the Portfolio’s voting positions on specific matters:
| • | Generally, vote for shareholder proposals seeking additional disclosure of executive and director pay information; |
| • | Vote for requiring annual advisory votes on compensation; |
| • | Vote for shareholder proposals asking that a majority or more of directors be independent; |
| • | Vote against proposals to classify the board; and |
| • | Vote case-by-case on director nominees. |
Conflicts of Interest. Members of the Proxy Voting Committee will resolve conflicts of interest presented by a proxy vote. In practice, application of the Guidelines will, in most instances, adequately address any possible conflicts of interest, as votes generally are effected according to the Policies or recommendations of the independent proxy voting firm.
If, however, a situation arises where a vote presents a conflict between the interests of the Portfolio’s shareholders and the interests of the Adviser or one of its affiliates, and the conflict is known to the Proxy Voting Committee, the Committee will consult with at least one Director or Trustee, as the case may be, who is not an “interested person,” (as that term is defined in the 1940 Act) of the Portfolio or the Adviser, time permitting, before casting the vote to ensure that the Portfolio votes in the best interests of the Portfolio’s shareholders. Any individual with a known conflict may be required by the Proxy Voting Committee to recuse himself or herself from being involved in the proxy voting decision.
Proxy Voting Records. The Proxy Voting Committee will be responsible for documenting its basis for (i) any determination to vote a particular proxy in a manner contrary to its generally stated Guidelines, (ii) any determination to vote a particular proxy in a non-uniform manner, and (iii) any other material determination made by the Proxy Voting Committee, as well as for ensuring the maintenance of records of each proxy vote, as required by applicable law. The independent proxy voting firm will maintain records of voting decisions for each vote cast on behalf of the Portfolio. The proxy voting record for the most recent twelve-month period ended June 30 is available on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov or can be obtained, without charge, upon request, by calling (855) 421-2692 and on or through the following website: https://venerable.onlineprospectus.net/funds/sast_sst/.
73
DISCLOSURE OF PORTFOLIO HOLDINGS POLICIES AND PROCEDURES
The Board has adopted policies and procedures relating to disclosure of the Portfolio’s securities. These policies and procedures prohibit the release of information concerning portfolio holdings that have not previously been made public to individual investors, institutional investors, intermediaries that distribute the Portfolio’s shares and other parties that are not employed by SunAmerica or its affiliates. Except when there are legitimate business purposes for selective disclosure and other conditions (designed to protect the Portfolio and its participants) are met, the Trust does not provide or permit others to provide information about the Portfolio’s holdings on a selective basis.
The Portfolio’s complete portfolio holdings will be publicly available via SEC filings made by the Portfolio on a fiscal quarterly basis. The Portfolio files monthly portfolio holdings on Form N-PORT quarterly, with every third month of the Portfolio’s fiscal quarter made publicly available no later than 60 days after the close of the fiscal quarter. The Portfolio’s portfolio holdings are also made available on Form N-CSR for the Portfolio’s second and fourth fiscal quarters no later than 10 days after the transmission to shareholders of the Portfolio’s semi-annual report and annual report, respectively. A schedule of the complete holdings of the Portfolio will also be available on the Portfolio’s website approximately 30 days after the end of each month.
In addition, the Trust generally makes publicly available, on a periodic basis, information regarding the Portfolio’s top ten holdings (including name and percentage of the Portfolio’s assets invested in each holding) and the percentage breakdown of the Portfolio’s investments by country, sector and industry, as applicable. This information and marketing communications (including printed advertising and sales literature) are generally made available at https://venerable.onlineprospectus.net/funds/sast_sst/ or online through the internet websites of the life insurance companies offering the Portfolio as an investment option and/or the Trust’s telephone customer service centers. This information is generally not released until the information is at least 15 days old, unless otherwise approved by the Trust’s legal department. The Trust and its affiliates are not authorized to receive compensation or other consideration for the non-public disclosure of portfolio holdings information.
Before any non-public disclosure of information about the Portfolio’s holdings is permitted, any employee seeking to disclose such information must submit a written form to his or her department head requesting the release of non-public portfolio holdings information. The request must then be submitted to the legal and compliance departments of SunAmerica and the Trust. The Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer and/or SunAmerica’s legal counsel are responsible for authorizing the selective release of portfolio holding information. To find that it is in the shareholders’ best interest, it must be determined that the selective disclosure of portfolio holdings information is necessary to the Portfolio’s operation or useful to the Portfolio’s shareholders without compromising the integrity or performance of the Portfolio. If the request is approved, the Trust and the third party must execute a confidentiality agreement governing the third party’s duties with respect to the portfolio holdings information, which includes the duty to keep such information confidential and to not use the information for the purpose of trading in the shares of the Portfolio for any reason.
The Trust’s executive officers and SunAmerica’s legal counsel are responsible for determining whether there is a legitimate business purpose for the disclosure of such information and whether there are conflicts between the Portfolio’s participants and the Portfolio’s affiliates. To find that there is a legitimate business purpose, it must be determined that the selective disclosure of portfolio holdings information is necessary for the Portfolio’s operation or useful to the Portfolio’s participants without compromising the integrity or performance of the Portfolio.
Non-public holdings information may be provided to the Trust’s service providers on an as-needed basis in connection with the services provided to the Portfolio by such service providers. Information may be provided to these parties without a time lag. Service providers that may be provided with information concerning the Portfolio’s holdings include SunAmerica and its affiliates, legal counsel, independent registered public accounting firms, custodian, fund accounting agent, financial printers, proxy voting service providers and broker-dealers who are involved in executing portfolio transactions on behalf of the Portfolio. Portfolio holdings information may also be provided to the Board. The entities to which the Trust provides portfolio holdings information either by explicit arrangement or by virtue of their respective duties to the Portfolio are required to maintain the confidentiality of the information provided.
At each quarterly meeting of the Board, the Trustees review a report disclosing the third parties to whom the Portfolio’s holdings information has been disclosed and the purpose for such disclosure, and consider whether or not the release of information to such third parties is in the best interest of the Portfolio and its participants.
74
| • | Subadvisers. Each Subadviser is continuously provided with the entire portfolio holdings for the Portfolio on a daily basis. In the event the Portfolio is managed by more than one subadviser, the Subadviser has access only to that portion of the Portfolio’s holdings that it subadvises. In the event the Subadviser is engaged to assume subadvisory duties of the Portfolio, the Trust routinely discloses portfolio holdings information to the Subadviser prior to its assumption of duties. |
| • | PwC. PwC is provided with entire portfolio holdings information during periods in which it performs its audits or reviews of the Portfolio’s financial statements. PwC does not disclose to third parties information regarding the Portfolio’s holdings. |
| • | Ernst & Young LLP (“E&Y”). E&Y is provided with portfolio holdings information during the period in which the annual audits are performed on the Portfolio’s financial statements. E&Y does not disclose to third parties information regarding the Portfolio’s holdings. |
| • | State Street. State Street, as custodian to the Portfolio, has daily access to the entire holdings of the Portfolio. State Street does not disclose or release information regarding the Portfolio’s holdings except as instructed by the Portfolio. |
| • | Broadridge Financial Solutions, Inc. (“Broadridge”). The Performance Measurement Group discloses the entire portfolio holdings information for the Portfolio on a monthly basis to Broadridge approximately fifteen (15) days after the month end. Broadridge analyzes the information to produce various statistical measures and general portfolio information (including equity investment style, asset category percentages, credit analysis, top 10 and top 25 holdings, sector weighting, etc.) and uses the information to determine the Portfolio’s asset class and category in order to place the Portfolio in the appropriate peer group. Broadridge does not disclose the entire portfolio holdings of the Portfolio, but does disclose the information listed above. This information is made available to Broadridge subscribers approximately sixty (60) days after the receipt of information from the Portfolio. |
| • | Morningstar, Inc. (“Morningstar”). Morningstar is a subscription-based service, though certain information regarding stocks and retail mutual funds may be accessed through its website at no charge. Information regarding the Portfolio is available only with a subscription. State Street forwards entire portfolio holdings information to Morningstar on a monthly basis, approximately thirty (30) days after each month end. Morningstar analyzes the information to produce various reports that contain statistical measures and other portfolio information (including equity style, asset category percentages, credit analysis, top 10 and top 25 holdings, sector weighting, etc.). Entire portfolio holdings information is available to subscribers within approximately one week of Morningstar’s receipt of the information. Other Morningstar subscription-based products provide statistical measures and portfolio information generally between fifteen (15) to thirty (30) days after its receipt of such information. |
| • | S&P. The Performance Measurement Group discloses the entire portfolio holdings information for the Portfolio on a quarterly basis, approximately thirty (30) days after the month end. S&P analyzes the information to produce various statistical measures and general portfolio information (including equity investment style, asset category percentages, credit analysis, top 10 and top 25 holdings, sector weighting, etc.) and uses the information to determine the Portfolio’s asset class and category in order to place the Portfolio in the appropriate peer group. S&P does not disclose the entire portfolio holdings of the Portfolio, but does disclose the information listed above. This information is made available to S&P subscribers approximately sixty (60) days after the receipt of information from the Portfolio. |
| • | Bloomberg L.P. (“Bloomberg”). The Performance Measurement Group discloses the entire portfolio holdings information for the Portfolio on a quarterly basis, approximately thirty (30) days after the month end. This information is made available to subscribers of Bloomberg’s various databases within one (1) to fourteen (14) days of its receipt. |
| • | Thomson Financial. The Performance Measurement Group discloses the entire portfolio holdings information for the Portfolio on a monthly basis, approximately thirty (30) days after the month end. This information is made available to subscribers of Thomson Financial’s various databases within a few days of its receipt. |
| • | CRIMS. Charles River Investment Management System (CRIMS) is an order management system. Equity and FX orders are raised and compliance checked on the system by portfolio managers before being sent to the trading desk for execution. Equity and FX transactions originate on CRIMS. Transactions are retained on the system. Positions load daily on a flush and fill basis. These will reflect all transactions on the account including any cash movements or corporate actions that have not originated on CRIMS. They will also reflect start of day market values based on prices applicable at start of day. Positions data is used to manage accounts against benchmarks or models and is the basis for concentration based compliance rules. Positions reflect the current start of day holdings for FX and Equities and will also reflect trading activity for trades executed intraday. |
75
| • | BarraOne. BarraOne is used for Market Risk analysis and Portfolio Attribution. On a daily basis, data is transferred to BarraOne via Secure File Transfer Protocol (SFTP). BarraOne uses the positions with its risk models and attribution engine to generate risk and attribution measures. BarraOne provides asset class risk analytics, stress testing, and performance attribution, helping users identify the fundamental market characteristics driving volatility. |
| • | RiskMetrics. MSCI RiskMetrics is used for Market and Liquidity Risk measurement. Positions are transferred to RiskMetrics via SFTP on a daily basis. RiskMetrics processes these positions with its risk model and market data to provide risk results. RiskMetrics offers a comprehensive suite of risk measures, including Value-at-Risk (VaR), stress tests, factor risk exposure, market exposure, and sensitivity analysis. |
| • | Eagle PACE. Eagle PACE is used on a daily basis for performance management and data management (data warehouse). PACE then sends interface feeds to downstream systems for performance, risk, compliance, websites and client reporting. |
| • | Eagle Star. Eagle STAR is the North American Investment Book of Records (IBOR). On an intraday basis, trades and transactions are sent into Eagle STAR. Eagle STAR will then apply the transaction/trade to funds and real-time positions are maintained. All types of equity and FX transactions/positions are sent to Eagle STAR. This includes start of day (SOD) positions and end of day (EOD) positions. |
| • | SmartStream TLM. SmartStream TLM takes cash and positions data to reconcile with custodian data and generate exceptions, ensuring the data is ready for the next day’s trading. This daily reconciliation process helps maintain data accuracy and integrity, facilitating smooth trading operations. |
| • | Solutions Atlantic. Solutions Atlantic (RRS) is used to ensure that equity positions held are within regulatory limits across multiple jurisdictions. On a daily basis, the system monitors the positions and triggers regulatory filings as needed based on the positions held. This ensures compliance with regulatory requirements and helps manage the regulatory risk associated with equity holdings. |
| • | MSCI, Inc. (“MSCI”). MSCI facilitates portfolio liquidity classifications at the position level in accordance with the Liquidity Rule (Rule 22e-4). MSCI also provides analytical services for Wellington Management and receives portfolio holdings information on a daily basis. |
| • | Clearwater Analytics. Clearwater Analytics performs certain operational functions for Wellington Management and receives portfolio trades and holdings information on a daily basis. |
| • | Financial Printers. Portfolio Accounting provides various financial printers with portfolio holdings information between thirty (30) and sixty (60) days after the Portfolio’s fiscal quarter. Financial printers assist the Portfolio with the filing of their annual and semi-annual shareholder reports and quarterly regulatory filings with the SEC and the printing of shareholder reports for distribution to participants. Financial printers do not disclose the information publicly other than to file the document on the SEC’s EDGAR database. |
| • | Investment Company Institute (“ICI”). Portfolio Accounting provides the ICI with certain holdings information (top 10 holdings, sector weighting and asset categories) regarding the Portfolio on a quarterly basis, approximately fifteen (15) days after the quarter end. The ICI uses this information for survey purposes and does not disclose the Portfolio’s holding information publicly. |
| • | Abel Noser Solutions, LLC (“Abel Noser”). State Street provides purchase and sale information with respect to the Portfolio’s equity holdings on a quarterly basis approximately fifteen (15) days after the quarter end. Abel Noser analyzes the information to produce reports containing brokerage execution statistics and comparisons. These reports are provided to the Portfolio and Abel Noser does not disclose publicly the information it receives or the reports it prepares. SunAmerica’s contract with Abel Noser includes a confidentiality clause. |
| • | Manhattan Creative Partners (d/b/a “Diligent”). Marketing may provide Diligent with entire portfolio holdings on a monthly basis approximately seven (7) days as of the month end. Diligent also hosts the Board’s online meeting materials. |
| • | Institutional Shareholder Services (“ISS”). ISS, formerly RiskMetrics Group, downloads weekly portfolio information (i.e. custodian identification number, security identification number, share position and description of the security) through State Street Insight System. This information is used for the purposes of voting proxies on behalf of the Portfolio, evaluating the Portfolio’s eligibility for participating in, and filing proofs of claim on behalf of, the Portfolio in securities class action lawsuits. ISS does not publicly disclose the information except as may be required when filing a proof of claim in connection with a Portfolio’s participation in a securities class action lawsuit. SunAmerica’s contract with ISS includes confidentiality requirements. |
76
| • | SunAmerica Retirement Markets, Inc. (“SARM”). SARM, as the primary marketer of variable annuities or variable life insurance products (the “Variable Products”) that offer the Trust, requires access to the non-public portfolio holdings information of the Portfolio in order to facilitate its management and marketing of the Variable Products as well as to facilitate the monitoring, review and analysis of the Trust and the Subadvisers of the Portfolio by certain SARM employees who are supervised by SunAmerica. SARM is continuously provided with the entire portfolio holdings for the Portfolio on a daily basis. |
| • | TriOptima. TriOptima performs certain operational functions for Wellington Management and receives portfolio holdings information on a daily basis. |
| • | Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. (“BBH”). BBH performs certain operational functions for Wellington Management and receives portfolio holdings information on a daily basis. |
| • | Accuity Knowledge Partners (formerly Moody’s Analytics Knowledge Service). Accuity Knowledge Partners performs certain investment guideline monitoring and coding activities on behalf of Wellington Management and has access to portfolio holdings information on a daily basis. |
| • | Glass, Lewis & Co. (“Glass Lewis”). Glass Lewis provides proxy voting services for Wellington Management and receives portfolio holdings information on a daily basis. |
| • | Markit WSO Corporation (“Markit”). Markit performs certain operational functions on behalf of Wellington Management and receives syndicated bank loan portfolio holdings information on a daily basis. |
| • | Legal Counsel. Legal counsel to the Trust, the Board, SunAmerica and the Subadvisers may receive information regarding portfolio holdings from time to time or periodically in connection with providing legal services to the Trust, the Board, SunAmerica or the Subadvisers. The information provided is subject to a legal duty of confidentiality. |
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The Trust’s audited financial statements and unaudited financial statements with respect to the Portfolio are incorporated into this SAI by reference to its Annual Financial Statements and Other Information for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025 (the “Annual Report”) and its Semi-Annual Financial Statements and Other Information for the period ended September 30, 2025 (the “Semi-Annual Report”), respectively, each as filed with the SEC on Form N-CSR. You may request a copy of the Annual Report and/or Semi-Annual Report at no charge by calling (800) 445-7862 or writing the Trust at P.O. Box 15570, Amarillo, Texas 79105-5570.
77
APPENDIX A – INVESTMENT PRACTICES
For reference, the following table outlines the investment practices in which the Portfolio may engage. In the event of any discrepancy between this Appendix B and the disclosures contained in the Prospectus and SAI, the latter shall prevail. The percentage limitations indicated in the charts below specify that the Portfolio may invest up to the noted percentage limitation for the specific investment.
| SA Multi-Managed Large | ||
| ADRs, EDRs and GDRs |
X | |
| Asset-Backed Securities |
X | |
| Borrowing |
X | |
| Brady Bonds |
||
| Credit Risk Transfer Securities |
||
| Collateralized Bond Obligations, Collateralized Loan Obligations and Other Collateralized Debt Obligations |
||
| Contracts for Difference |
X | |
| Convertible Securities |
X | |
| Currency Volatility |
X | |
| Cybersecurity and Artificial Intelligence Risk |
X | |
| Defensive Instruments |
X | |
| Derivatives |
X | |
| Emerging Markets |
X | |
| Chinese Securities |
||
| Stock Connect |
||
| Russian Securities |
||
| Equity Securities |
X (80%) | |
| Preferred Securities |
||
| ESG Investment Risk |
||
| Exchange-Traded Funds |
X | |
| Fixed Income Securities |
X | |
| Lower-Rated, Fixed Income Securities |
X (10%) | |
| Municipal Securities |
||
| Floating Rate Obligations |
X | |
| Foreign Securities |
X (30%) | |
| Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts |
X | |
| Hybrid Instruments |
X (10%) | |
| Illiquid Investments |
X (15%) | |
| Inflation-Indexed Securities |
||
| Interfund Borrowing and Lending Program |
X | |
| Inverse Floaters |
X | |
| IPO Investing |
X | |
| Liquidity Risk Management |
X | |
| Loan Participations and Assignments |
X | |
| Mortgage-Backed Securities |
X | |
| GNMA Certificates |
||
| FHLMC Certificates |
||
| FNMA Certificates |
||
| Conventional Mortgage Pass-Through Securities |
||
| Collateralized Mortgage Obligations |
||
| Stripped Mortgage-Backed Securities |
||
| New Developments |
A-1
| Options and Futures |
X | |
| Options on Securities |
||
| Options on Foreign Currencies |
||
| Options on Securities Indices |
||
| Yield Curve Options |
||
| Reset Options |
||
| Futures |
X | |
| Options on Futures |
||
| Limitations on Entering into Futures Contracts and Options on Futures |
X | |
| Commodity Exchange Act Regulation |
X | |
| Other Investment Companies |
X | |
| Partnership Securities |
||
| Private Foreign Investment Companies |
X | |
| Private Investments in Public Equity |
X | |
| Real Estate Investment Trusts |
X | |
| Recent Market Events |
X | |
| Restricted Securities |
||
| Reverse Repurchase Agreements |
X | |
| Roll Transactions |
X | |
| Sector Risk |
||
| Securities Lending |
X | |
| Short Sales |
X | |
| Short-Term Investments |
X (20%) | |
| Money Market Securities |
X | |
| Commercial Bank Obligations |
X | |
| Savings Association Obligations |
X | |
| Commercial Paper |
X | |
| Extendible Commercial Notes |
X | |
| Variable Amount Master Demand Notes |
X | |
| Corporate Bonds and Notes |
X | |
| U.S. Government Securities |
X | |
| Repurchase Agreements |
X | |
| Special Purpose Acquisition Companies |
||
| Special Situations |
X | |
| Standby Commitments |
X | |
| Stapled Securities |
||
| Swaps |
X | |
| Credit Default Swap Agreements |
||
| Cross-Currency Swaps |
||
| Currency Swaps |
||
| Equity Swaps |
||
| Index Swaps |
||
| Inflation Swaps |
||
| Interest Rate Caps, Collars and Floors |
X | |
| Interest Rate Swap Agreements |
||
| Mortgage Swaps |
X | |
| Options on Swaps |
||
| Total Return Swaps |
||
| Risks of Entering into Swap Agreements |
X | |
| Unseasoned Companies |
||
| U.S. Treasury Inflation Protection Securities |
X | |
| Variable Rate Demand Notes |
X | |
| Value Investing |
A-2
| Warrants and Rights |
X | |
| When-Issued, Delayed-Delivery and Forward Commitment Securities |
X | |
| Zero-Coupon Bonds, Step-Coupon Bonds, Deferred Interest Bonds and PIK Bonds |
A-3
APPENDIX B
CORPORATE BOND AND COMMERCIAL PAPER RATINGS
Moody’s Global Rating Scales
Credit Ratings are assigned on Moody’s global long-term and short-term rating scales and are forward-looking opinions of the relative credit risks of financial obligations issued by nonfinancial corporates, financial institutions, structured finance vehicles, project finance vehicles, and public sector entities. Long-term ratings are assigned to issuers or obligations with an original maturity of eleven months or more and reflect both on the likelihood of a default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment. Short-term ratings are assigned to obligations with an original maturity of thirteen months or less and reflect both on the likelihood of a default or impairment on contractual financial obligations and the expected financial loss suffered in the event of default or impairment.
Moody’s Global Long-Term Rating Scale:
| Aaa |
Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk. | |
| Aa |
Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk. | |
| A |
Obligations rated A are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk. | |
| Baa |
Obligations rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics. | |
| Ba |
Obligations rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk. | |
| B |
Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk. | |
| Caa |
Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk. | |
| Ca |
Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest. | |
| C |
Obligations rated C are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest. |
Note: Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 to each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category. Additionally, a “(hyb)” indicator is appended to all ratings of hybrid securities issued by banks, insurers, finance companies, and securities firms. By their terms, hybrid securities allow for the omission of scheduled dividends, interest, or principal payments, which can potentially result in impairment if such an omission occurs. Hybrid securities may also be subject to contractually allowable write-downs of principal that could result in impairment. Together with the hybrid indicator, the long-term obligation rating assigned to a hybrid security is an expression of the relative credit risk associated with that security.
Moody’s Global Short-Term Rating Scale:
Moody’s employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:
| P-1 |
Ratings of Prime-1 reflect a superior ability to repay short-term obligations. | |
| P-2 |
Ratings of Prime-2 reflect a strong ability to repay short-term obligations. | |
| P-3 |
Ratings of Prime-3 reflect an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations. | |
| NP |
Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories. |
Moody’s Bond Fund (bf) Ratings
Moody’s Bond Fund assessments are opinions of the maturity-adjusted credit quality of assets within the portfolio of a mutual fund, or similar investment vehicles that principally invest in fixed income obligations, and of the operational risk associated with managing the fund. In some cases, heightened operational risk may constrain a fund’s assessment, regardless of the quality of the assets within the portfolio. Bond Fund assessments exclude other risks, such as asset liquidity, interest rate, currency and any other market risk. The assessments also do not consider the historic, current, or prospective performance of a fund with respect to appreciation, volatility of net asset value, or yield.
B-1
| Aaa-bf |
Bond funds assessed at Aaa-bf generally hold assets judged to be of the highest credit quality. | |
| Aa-bf |
Bond funds assessed at Aa-bf generally hold assets judged to be of high credit quality. | |
| A-bf |
Bond funds assessed at A-bf generally hold assets considered upper-medium credit quality. | |
| Baa-bf |
Bond funds assessed at Baa-bf generally hold assets considered medium credit quality. | |
| Ba-bf |
Bond funds assessed at Ba-bf generally hold assets judged to have speculative elements. | |
| B-bf |
Bond funds assessed at B-bf generally hold assets considered to be speculative. | |
| Caa-bf |
Bond funds assessed at Caa-bf generally hold assets judged to be of poor standing. | |
| Ca-bf |
Bond funds assessed at Ca-bf generally hold assets that are highly speculative and that are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest. | |
| C-bf |
Bond funds assessed at C-bf generally hold assets that are in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest. |
Moody’s Money Market Fund Assessments
Moody’s Money Market Fund assessments are opinions of the investment quality of shares in mutual funds and similar investment vehicles that principally invest in short-term fixed income obligations. As such, these assessments incorporate Moody’s assessment of a fund’s published investment objectives and policies, the creditworthiness of the assets held by the fund, the liquidity profile of the fund’s assets relative to the fund’s investor base, the assets’ susceptibility to market risk, as well as the management characteristics of the fund. The assessments are not intended to consider the prospective performance of a fund with respect to appreciation, volatility of net asset value, or yield.
| Aaa-mf |
Money market funds assessed at Aaa-mf have very strong ability to meet the dual objectives of providing liquidity and preserving capital. | |
| Aa-mf |
Money market funds assessed at Aa-mf have strong ability to meet the dual objectives of providing liquidity and preserving capital. | |
| A-mf |
Money market funds assessed at A-mf have moderate ability to meet the dual objectives of providing liquidity and preserving capital. | |
| Baa-mf |
Money market funds assessed at Baa-mf have marginal ability to meet the dual objectives of providing liquidity and preserving capital. | |
| B-mf |
Money market funds assessed at B-mf are unable to meet the objective of providing liquidity and have marginal ability to meet the objective of preserving capital. | |
| C-mf |
Money market funds assessed at C-mf are unable to meet either objective of providing liquidity or preserving capital. |
Moody’s Ratings as of March 24, 2025
S&P Issue Credit Rating Definitions
An S&P Global Ratings issue credit rating is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium-term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The opinion reflects S&P Global Ratings’ view of the obligor’s capacity and willingness to meet its financial commitments as they come due, and this opinion may assess terms, such as collateral security and subordination, which could affect ultimate payment in the event of default.
Issue credit ratings can be either long-term or short-term. Short-term issue credit ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market, typically with an original maturity of no more than 365 days. Short-term issue credit ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. We would typically assign a long-term issue credit rating to an obligation with an original maturity of greater than 365 days. However, the ratings we assign to certain instruments may diverge from these guidelines based on market practices.
B-2
S&P Long-Term Issue Credit Ratings
Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on S&P Global Ratings’ analysis of the following considerations:
| • | The likelihood of payment-the capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitments on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation; |
| • | The nature and provisions of the financial obligation, and the promise we impute; and |
| • | The protection afforded by, and relative position of, the financial obligation in the event of a bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights. |
An issue rating is an assessment of default risk but may incorporate an assessment of relative seniority or ultimate recovery in the event of default. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation may apply when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.)
| AAA |
An obligation rated ‘AAA’ has the highest rating assigned by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is extremely strong. | |
| AA |
An obligation rated ‘AA’ differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is very strong. | |
| A |
An obligation rated ‘A’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is still strong. | |
| BBB |
An obligation rated ‘BBB’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. | |
| BB, B, CCC, CC, and C |
Obligations rated ‘BB’, ‘B’, ‘CCC’, ‘CC’, and ‘C’ are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. ‘BB’ indicates the least degree of speculation and ‘C’ the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposure to adverse conditions. | |
| BB |
An obligation rated ‘BB’ is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. | |
| B |
An obligation rated ‘B’ is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated ‘BB’, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. | |
| CCC |
An obligation rated ‘CCC’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. | |
| CC |
An obligation rated ‘CC’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The ‘CC’ rating is used when a default has not yet occurred but S&P Global Ratings expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default. | |
| C |
An obligation rated ‘C’ is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared with obligations that are rated higher. | |
| D |
An obligation rated ‘D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within the next five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or the next 30 calendar days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to ‘D’ if it is subject to a distressed debt restructuring. |
B-3
Plus (+) or minus (-)
Ratings from ‘AA’ to ‘CCC’ may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the rating categories.
S&P Short-Term Issue Credit Ratings
| A-1 |
A short-term obligation rated ‘A-1’ is rated in the highest category by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on these obligations is extremely strong. | |
| A-2 |
A short-term obligation rated ‘A-2’ is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation is satisfactory. | |
| A-3 |
A short-term obligation rated ‘A-3’ exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to weaken an obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. | |
| B |
A short-term obligation rated ‘B’ is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties that could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments. | |
| C |
A short-term obligation rated ‘C’ is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitments on the obligation. | |
| D |
A short-term obligation rated ‘D’ is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the ‘D’ rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The ‘D’ rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. A rating on an obligation is lowered to ‘D’ if it is subject to a distressed debt restructuring. |
S&P Active Qualifiers
S&P Global Ratings uses the following qualifiers that limit the scope of a rating. The structure of the transaction can require the use of a qualifier such as a ‘p’ qualifier, which indicates the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only. A qualifier appears as a suffix and is part of the rating.
Federal deposit insurance limit: ‘L’ qualifier
Ratings qualified with ‘L’ apply only to amounts invested up to federal deposit insurance limits.
Principal: ‘p’ qualifier
This suffix is used for issues in which the credit factors, the terms, or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of principal are different from the credit factors, terms, or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of interest on the obligation. The ‘p’ suffix indicates that the rating addresses the principal portion of the obligation only and that the interest is not rated.
Preliminary ratings: ‘prelim’ qualifier
Preliminary ratings, with the ‘prelim’ suffix, may be assigned to obligors or obligations, including financial programs, in the circumstances described below. Assignment of a final rating is conditional on the receipt by S&P Global Ratings of appropriate documentation. S&P Global Ratings reserves the right not to issue a final rating. Moreover, if a final rating is issued, it may differ from the preliminary rating.
B-4
| • | Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations, most commonly structured and project finance issues, pending receipt of final documentation and legal opinions. |
| • | Preliminary ratings may be assigned to obligations that will likely be issued upon the obligor’s emergence from bankruptcy or similar reorganization, based on late-stage reorganization plans, documentation, and discussions with the obligor. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to the obligors. These ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the reorganized or post-bankruptcy issuer as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s). |
| • | Preliminary ratings may be assigned to entities that are being formed or that are in the process of being independently established when, in S&P Global Ratings’ opinion, documentation is close to final. Preliminary ratings may also be assigned to the obligations of these entities. |
| • | Preliminary ratings may be assigned when a previously unrated entity is undergoing a well-formulated restructuring, recapitalization, significant financing, or other transformative event, generally at the point that investor or lender commitments are invited. The preliminary rating may be assigned to the entity and to its proposed obligation(s). These preliminary ratings consider the anticipated general credit quality of the obligor, as well as attributes of the anticipated obligation(s), assuming successful completion of the transformative event. Should the transformative event not occur, S&P Global Ratings would likely withdraw these preliminary ratings. |
| • | A preliminary recovery rating may be assigned to an obligation that has a preliminary issue credit rating |
Termination structures: ‘t’ qualifier
This symbol indicates termination structures that are designed to honor their contracts to full maturity or, should certain events occur, to terminate and cash settle all their contracts before their final maturity date.
Counterparty instrument rating: ‘cir’ qualifier
This symbol indicates a counterparty instrument rating (CIR), which is a forward-looking opinion about the creditworthiness of an issuer in a securitization structure with respect to a specific financial obligation to a counterparty (including interest rate swaps, currency swaps, and liquidity facilities). The CIR is determined on an ultimate payment basis; these opinions do not take into account timeliness of payment.
S&P Inactive Qualifiers
Inactive qualifiers are no longer applied or outstanding.
Contingent upon final documentation: ‘*’ inactive qualifier
This symbol indicated that the rating was contingent upon S&P Global Ratings’ receipt of an executed copy of the escrow agreement or closing documentation confirming investments and cash flows. Discontinued use in August 1998.
Termination of obligation to tender: ‘c’ inactive qualifier
This qualifier was used to provide additional information to investors that the bank may terminate its obligation to purchase tendered bonds if the long-term credit rating of the issuer was lowered to below an investment-grade level and/or the issuer’s bonds were deemed taxable. Discontinued use in January 2001.
U.S. direct government securities: ‘G’ inactive qualifier
The letter ‘G’ followed the rating symbol when a fund’s portfolio consisted primarily of direct U.S. government securities.
Interest Payment: ‘i’ inactive qualifier
This suffix was used for issues in which the credit factors, terms, or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of payment of interest are different from the credit factors, terms, or both that determine the likelihood of receipt of principal on the obligation. The ‘i’ suffix indicated that the rating addressed the interest portion of the obligation only. The ‘i’ suffix was always used in conjunction with the ‘p’ suffix, which addresses likelihood of receipt of principal. For example, a rated obligation could have been assigned a rating of ‘AAApNRi’ indicating that the principal portion was rated ‘AAA’ and the interest portion of the obligation was not rated.
B-5
Public information ratings: ‘pi’ qualifier
This qualifier was used to indicate ratings that were based on an analysis of an issuer’s published financial information, as well as additional information in the public domain. Such ratings did not, however, reflect in-depth meetings with an issuer’s management and therefore could have been based on less comprehensive information than ratings without a ‘pi’ suffix. Discontinued use as of December 2014 and as of August 2015 for Lloyd’s Syndicate Assessments.
Provisional ratings: ‘pr’ inactive qualifier
The letters ‘pr’ indicate that the rating was provisional. A provisional rating assumed the successful completion of a project financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements was largely or entirely dependent upon the successful, timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, made no comment on the likelihood of or the risk of default upon failure of such completion.
Quantitative analysis of public information: ‘q’ inactive qualifier
A ‘q’ subscript indicates that the rating is based solely on quantitative analysis of publicly available information. Discontinued use in April 2001.
Extraordinary risks: ‘r’ inactive qualifier
The ‘r’ modifier was assigned to securities containing extraordinary risks, particularly market risks, that are not covered in the credit rating. The absence of an ‘r’ modifier should not be taken as an indication that an obligation would not exhibit extraordinary noncredit-related risks. S&P Global Ratings discontinued the use of the ‘r’ modifier for most obligations in June 2000 and for the balance of obligations (mainly structured finance transactions) in November 2002.
S&P Ratings as of December 2, 2024
Fitch Issuer Default Ratings
Rated entities in a number of sectors, including financial and nonfinancial corporations, sovereigns, insurance companies and certain sectors within public finance, are generally assigned IDRs. IDRs are also assigned to certain entities or enterprises in global infrastructure, project finance and public finance. IDRs opine on an entity’s relative vulnerability to default—including by way of a distressed debt exchange (DDE)—on financial obligations. The threshold default risk addressed by the IDR is generally that of the financial obligations whose non-payment would best reflect the uncured failure of that entity. As such, IDRs also address relative vulnerability to bankruptcy, administrative receivership or similar concepts.
In aggregate, IDRs provide an ordinal ranking of issuers based on the agency’s view of their relative vulnerability to default, rather than a prediction of a specific percentage likelihood of default.
B-6
| AAA |
Highest credit quality. ‘AAA’ ratings denote the lowest expectation of default risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events. | |
| AA |
Very high credit quality. ‘AA’ ratings denote expectations of very low default risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events. | |
| A |
High credit quality. ‘A’ ratings denote expectations of low default risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings. | |
| BBB |
Good credit quality. ‘BBB’ ratings indicate that expectations of default risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity. | |
| BB |
Speculative. ‘BB’ ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to default risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial flexibility exists that supports the servicing of financial commitments. | |
| B |
Highly speculative. ‘B’ ratings indicate that material default risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is vulnerable to deterioration in the business and economic environment. | |
| CCC |
Substantial credit risk. Very low margin for safety. Default is a real possibility. | |
| CC |
Very high levels of credit risk. Default of some kind appears probable. | |
| C |
Near Default. A default or default-like process has begun, or for a closed funding vehicle, payment capacity is irrevocably impaired. Conditions that are indicative of a ‘C’ category rating for an issuer include: | |
• The issuer has entered into a grace or cure period following non-payment of a material financial obligation; | ||
• The formal announcement by the issuer or their agent of a DDE; and | ||
• A closed financing vehicle where payment capacity is irrevocably impaired such that it is not expected to pay interest and/or principal in full during the life of the transaction, but where no payment default is imminent. |
| RD |
Restricted default. ‘RD’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch’s opinion has experienced: | |
• An uncured payment default or DDE on a bond, loan or other material financial obligation, but | ||
• Has not entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation, or other formal winding-up procedure, and | ||
• Has not otherwise ceased operating. | ||
| This would include: | ||
• The selective payment default on a specific class or currency of debt; | ||
• The uncured expiry of any applicable original grace period, cure period or default forbearance period following a payment default on a bank loan, capital markets security or other material financial obligation. | ||
| D |
Default. ‘D’ ratings indicate an issuer that in Fitch’s opinion has entered into bankruptcy filings, administration, receivership, liquidation or other formal winding-up procedure or that has otherwise ceased business and debt is still outstanding. | |
| Default ratings are not assigned prospectively to entities or their obligations; within this context, non-payment on an instrument that contains a deferral feature or grace period will generally not be considered a default until after the expiration of the deferral or grace period, unless a default is otherwise driven by bankruptcy or other similar circumstance, or by a DDE. | ||
| In all cases, the assignment of a default rating reflects the agency’s opinion as to the most appropriate rating category consistent with the rest of its universe of ratings and may differ from the definition of default under the terms of an issuer’s financial obligations or local commercial practice. |
Note: Within rating categories, Fitch may use modifiers. The modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. For example, the rating category ‘AA’ has three notch-specific rating levels (‘AA+’; ‘AA’; ‘AA-’; each a rating level). Such suffixes are not added to ‘AAA’ ratings and ratings below the ‘CCC’ category. For the short-term rating category of ‘F1’, a ‘+’ may be appended. For VRs, the modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within categories from ‘aa’ to ‘ccc’. For Derivative Counterparty Ratings the modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to the ratings within ‘AA(dcr)’ to ‘CCC(dcr)’ categories.
B-7
Fitch Short-Term Ratings Assigned to Issuers and Obligations
A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-term deposit ratings may be adjusted for loss severity. Short-Term Ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short term” based on market convention (a long-term rating can also be used to rate an issue with short maturity). Typically, this means a timeframe of up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets.
| F1 |
Highest short-term credit quality. Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added ‘+’ to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature. | |
| F2 |
Good short-term credit quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments. | |
| F3 |
Fair short-term credit quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate. | |
| B |
Speculative short-term credit quality. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions. | |
| C |
High short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility. | |
| RD |
Restricted default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Typically applicable to entity ratings only. | |
| D |
Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation. |
Rating Outlooks and Watches
Rating Outlooks and Watches are mutually exclusive.
Outlooks indicate the direction a rating is likely to move over a one to two-year period. They reflect financial or other trends that have not yet reached or been sustained at the level that would cause a rating action, but which may do so if such trends continue. A Positive Rating Outlook indicates an upward trend on the rating scale. Conversely, a Negative Rating Outlook signals a negative trend on the rating scale. Positive or Negative Rating Outlooks do not imply that a rating change is inevitable, and similarly, ratings with Stable Outlooks can be raised or lowered without a prior revision to the Outlook. Occasionally, where the fundamental trend has strong, conflicting elements of both positive and negative, the Rating Outlook may be described as “Evolving.”
Outlooks are applied on the long-term scale to certain issuer ratings and to both issuer ratings and obligations ratings in public finance in the U.S.; to issues in infrastructure and project finance; to IFS ratings; to issuer and/or issue ratings in a number of National Rating scales; and to the ratings of structured finance transactions, fund finance facilities and covered bonds. Outlooks are not applied to ratings assigned on the short-term scale. For financial institutions, Outlooks are not assigned to VRs, Government and Shareholder Support Ratings Derivative Counterparty Ratings and Ex-government Support Ratings.
Ratings in the ‘CCC’, ‘CC’ and ‘C’ categories typically do not carry Outlooks since the volatility of these ratings is very high and Outlooks would be of limited informational value. Defaulted ratings do not carry Outlooks.
Rating Watches indicate that there is a heightened probability of a rating change and the likely direction of such a change. These are designated as Positive, indicating that a rating could stay at its present level or potentially be upgraded, Negative, to indicate that the rating could stay at its present level or potentially be downgraded, or Evolving if ratings may be raised, lowered or affirmed. However, ratings can be raised or lowered without being placed on Rating Watch first.
A Rating Watch is typically event-driven, and as such, it is generally resolved over a relatively short period. The event driving the Watch may be either anticipated or have already occurred, but in both cases, the exact rating implications remain undetermined. The Watch period is typically used to gather further information and/or subject the information to further analysis. A Rating Watch must be reviewed and a RAC be published every six months after a rating has been placed on Rating Watch, except in the case described below.
B-8
Additionally, a Watch may be used where the rating implications are already clear, but where they remain contingent upon an event (e.g. shareholder or regulatory approval). The Watch will typically extend to cover the period until the event is resolved or its outcome is predictable with a high enough degree of certainty to permit resolution of the Watch. In these cases, where it has previously been communicated within the RAC that the Rating Watch will be resolved upon an event and where there are no material changes to the respective rating up to the event, the Rating Watch may not be reviewed within the six months interval. In any case, the affected ratings (and the Rating Watch) will remain subject to an annual review cycle.
Outlook Revision
Outlook revisions (e.g. to Rating Outlook Stable from Rating Outlook Positive) are used to indicate changes in the ratings trend. In structured finance transactions, the Outlook may be revised independently of a full review of the underlying rating (Revision Outlook).
An Outlook revision may also be used when a series of potential event risks has been identified, none of which individually warrants a Rating Watch but which cumulatively indicate heightened probability of a rating change over the following one to two years.
A revision to the Outlook may also be appropriate where a specific event has been identified that could lead to a change in ratings, but where the conditions and implications of that event are largely unclear and subject to high execution risk over a one- to two-year period.
Additional Usage of Primary Credit Rating Scales
| Expected Ratings |
Where a rating is referred to as “expected,” alternatively referred to as “expects to rate,” it will have a suffix as (EXP). This suffix indicates that the assigned rating may be sensitive to (i) finalization of the terms in the draft documents or (ii) fulfilment of other contingencies at closing. For example:
• Expected ratings can be assigned based on the agency’s expectations regarding final documentation, typically based on a review of the draft documentation provided by the issuer. When final documentation is received, the (EXP) suffix typically will be removed and the rating updated if necessary.
• Fitch may also employ “expects to rate” language for ratings that are assigned in the course of a restructuring, refinancing or corporate reorganization. The “expects to rate” will reflect and refer to the rating level expected following the conclusion of the proposed operation (debt issuance, restructure or merger).
Conversely, Fitch may choose not to append the (EXP) suffix, even if there are contingencies to fulfil, if Fitch determines that the rating is not expected to be sensitive to the manner in which, or the extent to which, any of these contingencies are fulfilled.
While ratings typically only remain as “expected” for a short time, determined by timing of transaction closure, restructuring, refinancing, corporate reorganization, etc, they may still be raised, lowered or placed on Rating Watch or withdrawn. Expected Ratings are applicable to both public and private ratings.
| |
| Private Ratings |
Fitch prepares private ratings, for example for entities with no publicly traded debt, or where the rating is required for internal benchmarking or regulatory purposes. These ratings are generally provided directly to the rated entity, which is then responsible for ensuring that any party to whom it discloses the private rating is updated when any change in the rating occurs. Private ratings undergo the same analysis, committee process and surveillance as public ratings, unless otherwise disclosed as “point-in-time” in nature. |
B-9
| Program Ratings |
Program ratings assigned to corporate and public finance note issuance programs (e.g. medium-term note programs) relate only to standard issues made under the program concerned. The impact of individual issues under the program on the overall credit profile of the issuer will be assessed at the time of issuance. Therefore, it should not be assumed that program ratings apply to every issue made under the program. Program ratings may also change because the rating of the issuer has changed over time and instruments may have different terms and conditions compared with those initially envisaged in the program’s terms. | |
| “Interest-Only” Ratings |
Interest-only ratings are assigned to interest strips. These ratings do not address the possibility that a security holder might fail to recover some or all of its initial investment due to voluntary or involuntary principal repayments. | |
| “Principal-Only” Ratings |
Principal-only ratings address the likelihood that a security holder will receive its initial principal investment either before or by the scheduled maturity date. These ratings do not address the possibility that a security holder may not receive some or all of the interest due. | |
| “Unenhanced” Ratings |
Unenhanced ratings reflect the underlying creditworthiness of financial instruments absent any credit enhancement that may be provided through bond insurance, financial guarantees, dedicated letters of credit, liquidity facilities, or intercept mechanisms. In some cases, Fitch may choose to assign an unenhanced rating along with a credit rating based on enhancement. The unenhanced rating indicates the creditworthiness of the financial instrument without considering any benefit of such enhancement. Financial obligations may be enhanced by a guarantee instrument provided by a rated third party. |
Rating Actions and Reviews
| Assignment (New Rating)* |
A rating has been assigned to a previously unrated issuer or issue. | |
| Publication (Publish)* |
Unenhanced ratings reflect the underlying creditworthiness of financial instruments absent any credit enhancement that may be provided through bond insurance, financial guarantees, dedicated letters of credit, liquidity facilities, or intercept mechanisms. In some cases, Fitch may choose to assign an unenhanced rating along with a credit rating based on enhancement. The unenhanced rating indicates the creditworthiness of the financial instrument without considering any benefit of such enhancement. Financial obligations may be enhanced by a guarantee instrument provided by a rated third party. | |
| Affirmations* |
The rating has been reviewed with no change in rating through this action. Ratings affirmations may also include an affirmation of, or change to, an Outlook when an Outlook is used. | |
| Upgrade* |
The rating has been raised in the scale. | |
| Downgrade* |
The rating has been lowered in the scale. | |
| Reviewed - No Action* | The rating has been reviewed by a credit rating committee with no change in rating or Outlook. As of the review date, the credit rating committee determined that nothing had sufficiently changed to warrant a new rating action. Such review will be published on the agency’s website, but a RAC will not be issued. | |
| Matured/ Paid-In-Full* |
‘Matured’-Denoted as ‘NR’. This action is used when an issue has reached its redemption date and rating coverage is discontinued. This indicates that a previously rated issue has been repaid, but other issues of the same program (rated or unrated) may remain outstanding. For the convenience of investors, Fitch may also include issues relating to a rated issuer or transaction that are not and have not been rated on its section of the web page relating to the respective issuer or transaction. Such issues will also be denoted ‘NR’. | |
| ‘Paid-In-Full’-Denoted as ‘PIF’. This action indicates that an issue has been paid in full. In covered bonds, PIF is only used when all issues of a program have been repaid. | ||
| Pre-refunded* |
Assigned to certain long-term U.S. public finance issues after Fitch assesses refunding escrow. | |
B-10
| Withdrawn* |
The rating has been withdrawn and the issue or issuer is no longer rated by Fitch.
When a public rating is withdrawn, Fitch will issue a RAC that details the current rating and Outlook or Watch status (if applicable), a statement that the rating is withdrawn and the reason for the withdrawal. A RAC is not required when an issue has been redeemed, matured, repaid or paid in full.
Withdrawals cannot be used to forestall a rating action. Every effort is therefore made to ensure that the rating opinion upon withdrawal reflects an updated view. However, this is not always possible, for example if a rating is withdrawn due to a lack of information. Rating Watches are also resolved prior to or concurrent with withdrawal unless the timing of the event driving the Rating Watch does not support an immediate resolution.
Ratings that have been withdrawn will be indicated the symbol ‘WD’. | |
| Under Criteria Observation |
The rating has been placed “Under Criteria Observation” upon the publication of new or revised criteria that is applicable to the rating, where the new or revised criteria has yet to be applied to the rating and where the criteria could result in a rating change when applied but the impact is not yet known.
Under Criteria Observation (UCO) is not a credit review and does not affect the rating level or Outlook/Watch, and does not satisfy the minimum annual review requirement. Placing a rating on UCO signals the beginning of a period during which the new or revised criteria will be applied. Where there is heightened probability of the application of the new or revised criteria resulting in a rating change in a particular direction, a Rating Watch may be assigned in lieu of the UCO to reflect the potential impact of the new or revised criteria.
The status of UCO will be resolved after the application of the new or revised criteria, which must be completed within six months from the publication date of the new or revised criteria.
UCO is only applicable to private and public international credit ratings. It is not applicable to National Ratings, Non-Credit Scale Ratings, Credit Opinions or Rating Assessment Services. It is not applicable to ratings status Paid in Full, Matured, Withdrawn or Not Rated | |
| Criteria Observation Removed |
UCO can be addressed and removed by a subsequent rating action such as affirmation, upgrade or downgrade; with these actions, the annual review requirement is also met.
Where a rating action has not been taken, a Criteria Observation Removed action may be taken if it has been determined that the rating would not change due to the application of the new criteria. The Criteria Observation Removed action does not satisfy Fitch’s minimum annual credit review requirement. | |
| Recovery Rating Revision |
Change to an issue’s Recovery Rating. | |
*A Rating Action or Review must be recorded for each rating in a required cycle to be considered compliant with Fitch policy concerning aging of ratings. Not all Rating Actions, Data Actions, or changes in rating modifiers, meet this requirement. Actions or Reviews that can meet this requirement are noted with an *.
Fitch Ratings as of June 11, 2024
SSTSAI2 (5/26)
B-11
| (a) |
(1) |
|
| |
(2) |
|
| (b) |
|
|
| (c) |
|
Instruments Defining Rights of Security Holders. Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibits (a) and (b) above. |
| (d) |
(1) |
|
| |
(2) |
|
| |
(3) |
|
| |
(4) |
|
| |
(5) |
|
| |
(6) |
|
| |
(7) |
|
| |
(8) |
|
| |
(9) |
|
| |
(10) |
|
| |
(11) |
|
| |
(12) |
|
| |
(13) |
|
| |
(14) |
|
| |
(15) |
|
| |
(16) |
|
| |
(17) |
|
| |
(18) |
|
| |
(19) |
| |
(20) |
|
| (e) |
|
|
| (f) |
|
Inapplicable. |
| (g) |
|
|
| (h) |
(1) |
|
| |
(2) |
|
| |
(3) |
|
| |
(4) |
|
| |
(5) |
|
| |
(6) |
|
| |
(7) |
|
| |
(8) |
|
| |
(9) |
|
| (i) |
(1) |
Opinion and Consent of Counsel. Incorporated herein by reference to Post-Effective Amendment No. 28 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form N-1A (File No. 333-08653), filed on July 21, 2010. |
| |
(2) |
|
| |
(3) |
|
| (j) |
(1) |
|
| |
(2) |
|
| (k) |
|
Inapplicable. |
| (l) |
|
Inapplicable. |
| (m) |
(1) |
|
| |
(2) |
|
| (n) |
|
|
| (o) |
|
Inapplicable. |
| (p) |
(1) |
|
| |
(2) |
|
| |
(3) |
|
| |
(4) |
| |
(5) |
|
| |
(6) |
|
| |
(7) |
|
| |
(8) |
|
| |
(9) |
|
| |
(10) |
|
| |
(11) |
|
| |
(12) |
|
| |
(13) |
|
| |
(14) |
|
| (q) |
|
| Name |
Position with SunAmerica |
Other Positions held by directors, officers or partners |
| John T. Genoy |
Director (Board Member), President |
None |
| Timothy Brown |
Executive Vice President |
President of Venerable Investment Advisers, LLC, Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer & Corporate Secretary of Venerable Holdings, Inc. |
| Matthew Hackethal |
Vice President, Chief Compliance Officer |
None |
| Michal Levy |
Director (Board Member), Senior Vice President |
Senior Vice President and Head of VIA of Venerable Holdings, Inc., Senior Vice President and Head of Venerable Investment Advisers, LLC |
| Andrew Sheridan |
Vice President |
None |
| John Halpin |
Assistant Vice President and Treasurer |
None |
| Kristina Magolis |
Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary |
Vice President and Deputy General Counsel of Venerable Holdings, Inc., General Counsel of Venerable Investment Advisers, LLC |
| Thomas Bennett |
Director |
None |
| Richard Gelfand |
Vice President |
Chief Financial Officer and Assistant Secretary of Venerable Investment Advisers, LLC, Vice President of Venerable Holdings, Inc., Venerable Insurance and Annuity Company, Corporate Solutions Life Reinsurance Company, Rocky Range, Inc., VIAC Services Company, and Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary, Directed Services LLC. |
| Gregory R. Kingston |
Vice President |
None |
| Salimah Shamji |
Assistant Vice President |
None |
| |
|
|
| |
FILE NO. |
| American Century Investment Management, Inc. |
801-8174 |
| BlackRock Investment Management LLC |
801-56972 |
| Columbia Management Investment Advisers, LLC |
801-25943 |
| Federated MDTA LLC |
801-55094 |
| Franklin Advisers, Inc. |
801-26292 |
| Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P. |
801-37591 |
| J.P. Morgan Investment Management Inc. |
801-21011 |
| Massachusetts Financial Services Company |
801-17352 |
| Morgan Stanley Investment Management, Inc. |
801-15757 |
| PineBridge Investments LLC |
801-18759 |
| Putnam Investment Management, LLC |
801-7974 |
| Schroder Investment Management North America Inc. |
801-15834 |
| Schroder Investment Management North America Limited |
801-37163 |
| T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. |
801-856 |
| T. Rowe Price International Ltd. |
801-61894 |
| Wellington Management Company LLP |
801-15908 |
| Name and Principal Business Address |
Positions and Offices with Underwriter |
Position with Registrant |
| Kenneth L. Brown, 699 Walnut Street, Suite 1350, Des Moines, IA 50309 |
Director, Chairperson of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer |
None |
| David P. Wiland, 1475 Dunwoody Drive, Suite 200, West Chester, PA 19380 |
Director |
None |
| Kristi L. Harding, 699 Walnut Street, Suite 1350, Des Moines, IA 50309 |
Director, Senior Vice President, Chief Ethics, Assistant Secretary, and Anti- Money Laundering Officer |
None |
| Richard E. Gelfand, 1475 Dunwoody Drive, Suite 200, West Chester, PA 19380 |
Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, and Assistant Secretary |
None |
| Simon B. Scully, 1475 Dunwoody Drive, Suite 200, West Chester, PA 19380 |
Vice President and Chief Information Security Officer |
None |
| J. Neil McMurdie, 1475 Dunwoody Drive, Suite 200, West Chester, PA 19380 |
Vice President, General Counsel, and Secretary |
None |
| Angela L. Ellis, 699 Walnut Street, Suite 1350, Des Moines, IA 50309 |
Vice President, Chief Compliance Officer, and Assistant Secretary |
None |
| Janet E. Myers, 1475 Dunwoody Drive, Suite 200, West Chester, PA 19380 |
Assistant Treasurer and Assistant Secretary |
None |
| Seasons Series Trust (Registrant) | |
| By: |
/s/ John T. Genoy |
| |
John T. Genoy President |
| Signature |
Title |
Date | |
| /s/ John T. Genoy |
President and Trustee (Principal Executive Officer) |
April 27, 2026 | |
| John T. Genoy |
| ||
| /s/ Gregory R. Kingston |
Treasurer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) |
April 27, 2026 | |
| Gregory R. Kingston |
| ||
| * |
Trustee and Chair |
April 27, 2026 | |
| Martha B. Willis |
|
| |
| * |
Trustee |
April 27, 2026 | |
| Timothy Brown |
|
| |
| * |
Trustee |
April 27, 2026 | |
| Tracey C. Doi |
|
| |
| * |
Trustee |
April 27, 2026 | |
| Jane Jelenko |
|
| |
| * |
Trustee |
April 27, 2026 | |
| Christianne Kerns |
|
| |
| * |
Trustee |
April 27, 2026 | |
| Charles H. Self III |
|
| |
| * |
Trustee |
April 27, 2026 | |
| Bruce G. Willison |
|
| |
| * By: |
/s/ Edward Gizzi |
|
April 27, 2026 |
| |
Edward Gizzi Attorney-in-Fact |
|
|
ATTACHMENTS / EXHIBITS
1ST AMENDED & RESTATED MASTER ADVISORY FEE WAIVER AGREE. REGISTRANT & SA 4/30/26
FIRST AMENDED & RESTATED SUBADVISORY AGREE. BETWEEN SUNAMERICA AND BLACKROCK IM
SUBADVISORY AGREEMENT BETWEEN SUNAMERICA AND FEDERATED MDTA LLC.*
CONSENT OF PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
CONSENT OF WILLKIE FARR & GALLAGHER LLP
CODE OF ETHICS OF SUNAMERICA, THE REGISTRANT, AND SUNAMERICA SERIES TRUST.
CODE OF ETHICS OF FRANKLIN ADVISERS, INC. & ITS SUBSIDIARIES, INCLUDING PIM LLC
CODE OF ETHICS OF GOLDMAN SACHS ASSET MANAGEMENT L.P.
CODE OF ETHICS OF MASSACHUSETTS FINANCIAL SERVICES COMPANY.
Serious News for Serious Traders! Try StreetInsider.com Premium Free!
You May Also Be Interested In
- TIENS VMOMENT Wins Wprost "Business Innovation" Award in Poland
- FGR to launch PureGRAPH® CEM into China
- MGI Tech and Shanghai AI Laboratory Unveil ProtoPilot and BioLab Bench, Pioneering Physical AI for Life Sciences
Create E-mail Alert Related Categories
SEC FilingsSign up for StreetInsider Free!
Receive full access to all new and archived articles, unlimited portfolio tracking, e-mail alerts, custom newswires and RSS feeds - and more!



Tweet
Share